CA2238429A1 - Compositions and methods for the prevention and treatment of oral mucositis - Google Patents
Compositions and methods for the prevention and treatment of oral mucositis Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2238429A1 CA2238429A1 CA002238429A CA2238429A CA2238429A1 CA 2238429 A1 CA2238429 A1 CA 2238429A1 CA 002238429 A CA002238429 A CA 002238429A CA 2238429 A CA2238429 A CA 2238429A CA 2238429 A1 CA2238429 A1 CA 2238429A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- seq
- amino acid
- present
- peptide
- basic
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 208000003265 stomatitis Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 67
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 57
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 53
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title description 51
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 title description 3
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 183
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 89
- 102000044503 Antimicrobial Peptides Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 30
- 108700042778 Antimicrobial Peptides Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 30
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 104
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 48
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 29
- FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sarcosine Chemical compound C[NH2+]CC([O-])=O FSYKKLYZXJSNPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 26
- XVVTWELITATBSB-UEDJBKKJSA-N chembl3221603 Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCNC(N)=N)CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XVVTWELITATBSB-UEDJBKKJSA-N 0.000 claims description 24
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 210000000214 mouth Anatomy 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000003910 polypeptide antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 150000001408 amides Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000003349 gelling agent Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 9
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical group COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000000039 congener Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 claims description 5
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 claims description 5
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N'-hexadecylthiophene-2-carbohydrazide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNNC(=O)c1cccs1 HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 79
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 37
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 26
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 22
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 22
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 21
- 206010028116 Mucosal inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 20
- 201000010927 Mucositis Diseases 0.000 description 20
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 101000730859 Sus scrofa Protegrin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 17
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 239000001974 tryptic soy broth Substances 0.000 description 16
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 15
- 101001052001 Galleria mellonella Fibroin light chain Proteins 0.000 description 15
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 14
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 235000014548 Rubus moluccanus Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 12
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 11
- KSPIYJQBLVDRRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methylisoleucine Chemical compound CCC(C)C(NC)C(O)=O KSPIYJQBLVDRRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- -1 adrenoregulins Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000006150 trypticase soy agar Substances 0.000 description 10
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 9
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000008575 L-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 8
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 8
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 7
- GHXZTYHSJHQHIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorhexidine Chemical compound C=1C=C(Cl)C=CC=1NC(N)=NC(N)=NCCCCCCN=C(N)N=C(N)NC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 GHXZTYHSJHQHIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229960003260 chlorhexidine Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229940068196 placebo Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000000902 placebo Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 6
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 206010041925 Staphylococcal infections Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 208000015688 methicillin-resistant staphylococcus aureus infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 6
- NPDBDJFLKKQMCM-SCSAIBSYSA-N (2s)-2-amino-3,3-dimethylbutanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O NPDBDJFLKKQMCM-SCSAIBSYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 5
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 5
- FFFHZYDWPBMWHY-VKHMYHEASA-N L-homocysteine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCS FFFHZYDWPBMWHY-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 5
- AKCRVYNORCOYQT-YFKPBYRVSA-N N-methyl-L-valine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O AKCRVYNORCOYQT-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 5
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 230000001332 colony forming effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000009036 growth inhibition Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 5
- 210000004877 mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 5
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010002069 Defensins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000000541 Defensins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-norleucine Chemical compound CCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000588770 Proteus mirabilis Species 0.000 description 4
- 108010059993 Vancomycin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-alanine Chemical compound NCCC(O)=O UCMIRNVEIXFBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 4
- 244000005706 microflora Species 0.000 description 4
- 210000002200 mouth mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N vancomycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=C2C=C3C=C1OC1=CC=C(C=C1Cl)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](C3=CC(O)=CC(O)=C3C=3C(O)=CC=C1C=3)C(O)=O)=O)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(C(=C1)Cl)O2)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC)[C@H]1C[C@](C)(N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960003165 vancomycin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N vancomycin Natural products O1C(C(=C2)Cl)=CC=C2C(O)C(C(NC(C2=CC(O)=CC(O)=C2C=2C(O)=CC=C3C=2)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C3NC(=O)C2NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC)C(O)C(C=C3Cl)=CC=C3OC3=CC2=CC1=C3OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1OC1CC(C)(N)C(O)C(C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SXGMVGOVILIERA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-diaminobutanoic acid Chemical compound CC(N)C(N)C(O)=O SXGMVGOVILIERA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FUOOLUPWFVMBKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoisobutyric acid Chemical compound CC(C)(N)C(O)=O FUOOLUPWFVMBKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010050820 Antimicrobial Cationic Peptides Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000014133 Antimicrobial Cationic Peptides Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 241000222122 Candida albicans Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000518994 Conta Species 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 3
- RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-citrulline Chemical compound NC(=O)NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N Methicillin Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N2[C@@H](C(O)=O)C(C)(C)S[C@@H]21 RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 108010077895 Sarcosine Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010040047 Sepsis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000194024 Streptococcus salivarius Species 0.000 description 3
- TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylitol Natural products OCCC(O)C(O)C(O)CCO TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920013820 alkyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000010322 bone marrow transplantation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000002949 hemolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000021242 lactoferrin Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 3
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960003085 meticillin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000811 xylitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010447 xylitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N xylitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960002675 xylitol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- BVAUMRCGVHUWOZ-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-2-(cyclohexylazaniumyl)propanoate Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](C)NC1CCCCC1 BVAUMRCGVHUWOZ-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RWLSBXBFZHDHHX-VIFPVBQESA-N (2s)-2-(naphthalen-2-ylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)=CC=C21 RWLSBXBFZHDHHX-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- LJRDOKAZOAKLDU-UDXJMMFXSA-N (2s,3s,4r,5r,6r)-5-amino-2-(aminomethyl)-6-[(2r,3s,4r,5s)-5-[(1r,2r,3s,5r,6s)-3,5-diamino-2-[(2s,3r,4r,5s,6r)-3-amino-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-hydroxycyclohexyl]oxy-4-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl]oxyoxane-3,4-diol;sulfuric ac Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O.N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)C[C@@H](N)[C@@H]2O)O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)N)O[C@@H]1CO LJRDOKAZOAKLDU-UDXJMMFXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WRMNZCZEMHIOCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethanol Chemical compound OCCC1=CC=CC=C1 WRMNZCZEMHIOCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PECYZEOJVXMISF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-aminoalanine Chemical compound [NH3+]CC(N)C([O-])=O PECYZEOJVXMISF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150099236 Acly gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000182988 Assa Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000012935 Averaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- DLGOEMSEDOSKAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carmustine Chemical compound ClCCNC(=O)N(N=O)CCCl DLGOEMSEDOSKAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000004457 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010017213 Granulocyte-Macrophage Colony-Stimulating Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QUOGESRFPZDMMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N L-Homoarginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCCNC(N)=N QUOGESRFPZDMMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-ZETCQYMHSA-N L-alpha-phenylglycine zwitterion Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZGUNAGUHMKGQNY-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QUOGESRFPZDMMT-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-homoarginine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCNC(N)=N QUOGESRFPZDMMT-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000010445 Lactoferrin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010063045 Lactoferrin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000699673 Mesocricetus auratus Species 0.000 description 2
- VEYYWZRYIYDQJM-ZETCQYMHSA-N N(2)-acetyl-L-lysine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H](C([O-])=O)CCCC[NH3+] VEYYWZRYIYDQJM-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ndelta-carbamoyl-DL-ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=O RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010048685 Oral infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 2
- 101800004819 PGLa Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propyl gallate Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 ZTHYODDOHIVTJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000607715 Serratia marcescens Species 0.000 description 2
- 244000191761 Sida cordifolia Species 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 2
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000005299 abrasion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008351 acetate buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940035676 analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000730 antalgic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009635 antibiotic susceptibility testing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006161 blood agar Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930190815 caerulein Natural products 0.000 description 2
- RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N catechol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1O YCIMNLLNPGFGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorambucil Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCC1=CC=C(N(CCCl)CCCl)C=C1 JCKYGMPEJWAADB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002173 citrulline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000013477 citrulline Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000013365 dairy product Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dl-hydroxyproline Natural products OC1C[NH2+]C(C([O-])=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000371 dose-limiting toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N furosemide Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(S(=O)(=O)N)=CC(C(O)=O)=C1NCC1=CC=CO1 ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)=O BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000014829 head and neck neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002054 inoculum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 2
- CSSYQJWUGATIHM-IKGCZBKSSA-N l-phenylalanyl-l-lysyl-l-cysteinyl-l-arginyl-l-arginyl-l-tryptophyl-l-glutaminyl-l-tryptophyl-l-arginyl-l-methionyl-l-lysyl-l-lysyl-l-leucylglycyl-l-alanyl-l-prolyl-l-seryl-l-isoleucyl-l-threonyl-l-cysteinyl-l-valyl-l-arginyl-l-arginyl-l-alanyl-l-phenylal Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 CSSYQJWUGATIHM-IKGCZBKSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940078795 lactoferrin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N mithramycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C[C@@H](O[C@H](C)[C@H]1O)OC=1C=C2C=C3C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)C3=C(O)C2=C(O)C=1C)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2O[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]3O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@](C)(O)C3)C2)C1)[C@H](OC)C(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@H]1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O1 CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003533 narcotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000017066 negative regulation of growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229960001639 penicillamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930192851 perforin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003171 plicamycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000001839 systemic circulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000021476 total parenteral nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K tripotassium phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 108010050327 trypticase-soy broth Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 235000019786 weight gain Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 2
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UTLUCORTSA-N (+)-Neomenthol Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UTLUCORTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTLYMKDSHNWQKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,4,5-trichlorophenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C1Cl FTLYMKDSHNWQKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJBUEDPLEOHJGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2R,3S)-3-Hydroxy-2-pyrolidinecarboxylic acid Natural products OC1CCNC1C(O)=O BJBUEDPLEOHJGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IYKLZBIWFXPUCS-VIFPVBQESA-N (2s)-2-(naphthalen-1-ylamino)propanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)=CC=CC2=C1 IYKLZBIWFXPUCS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPLUASOETQZGDI-OHGRIBQFSA-N (4S)-5-[1-[(2S)-1-[1-[2-[1-[1-[(2S)-2-[N-[(2S)-1-[1-[1-[(2S)-4-carboxy-1-[(2S)-4-carboxy-1-hydroxy-1-[(2S)-1-(2-hydroxyethylamino)-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]iminobutan-2-yl]imino-1-hydroxybutan-2-yl]imino-1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl]imino-1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl]imino-1-hydroxy-3-methylbutan-2-yl]-C-hydroxycarbonimidoyl]pyrrolidin-1-yl]-2-methyl-1-oxopropan-2-yl]imino-1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl]imino-2-hydroxyethyl]imino-1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl]imino-1-hydroxy-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]imino-1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl]imino-5-hydroxy-4-[[(2S)-1-hydroxy-2-[[1-hydroxy-2-[[(2S)-1-hydroxy-2-[[1-hydroxy-2-[[(2S)-1-hydroxy-2-[[1-hydroxy-2-(1-hydroxyethylideneamino)-2-methylpropylidene]amino]propylidene]amino]-2-methylpropylidene]amino]propylidene]amino]-2-methylpropylidene]amino]propylidene]amino]pentanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](\N=C(/O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)C(C)(C)\N=C(/O)C(C)(C)\N=C(/O)C\N=C(/O)C(C)(C)\N=C(/O)[C@H](Cc1ccccc1)\N=C(/O)C(C)(C)\N=C(/O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)\N=C(/O)[C@H](C)\N=C(/O)C(C)(C)\N=C(/O)[C@H](C)\N=C(/O)C(C)(C)\N=C(/O)[C@H](C)\N=C(/O)C(C)(C)\N=C(/C)O)C(\O)=N\C(C)(C)C(\O)=N\C(C)(C)C(\O)=N\[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(\O)=N\[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(\O)=N\[C@H](CNCCO)Cc1ccccc1 LPLUASOETQZGDI-OHGRIBQFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MWWSFMDVAYGXBV-MYPASOLCSA-N (7r,9s)-7-[(2r,4s,5s,6s)-4-amino-5-hydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]oxy-6,9,11-trihydroxy-9-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-4-methoxy-8,10-dihydro-7h-tetracene-5,12-dione;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.O([C@@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MWWSFMDVAYGXBV-MYPASOLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N -2-Amino-4-hydroxybutanoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCO UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NDMFETHQFUOIQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(3-chloropropyl)imidazolidin-2-one Chemical compound ClCCCN1CCNC1=O NDMFETHQFUOIQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- MIDXCONKKJTLDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dimethylcyclopentane-1,2-dione Chemical compound CC1CC(C)C(=O)C1=O MIDXCONKKJTLDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDTNHRWWURISAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4',5'-dibromo-3',6'-dihydroxyspiro[2-benzofuran-3,9'-xanthene]-1-one Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C(Br)=C1OC1=C(Br)C(O)=CC=C21 ZDTNHRWWURISAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XWHHYOYVRVGJJY-QMMMGPOBSA-N 4-fluoro-L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 XWHHYOYVRVGJJY-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000589291 Acinetobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium acetate Chemical compound N.CC(O)=O USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005695 Ammonium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101800002011 Amphipathic peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- APKFDSVGJQXUKY-KKGHZKTASA-N Amphotericin-B Natural products O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1C=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=CC=C[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 APKFDSVGJQXUKY-KKGHZKTASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010011485 Aspartame Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- HNNIWKQLJSNAEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzydamine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C12=CC=CC=C2C(OCCCN(C)C)=NN1CC1=CC=CC=C1 HNNIWKQLJSNAEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 101710114744 Bombinin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000009631 Broth culture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004255 Butylated hydroxyanisole Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004322 Butylated hydroxytoluene Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100162703 Caenorhabditis elegans ani-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100452593 Caenorhabditis elegans ina-1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100037762 Caenorhabditis elegans rnh-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000222120 Candida <Saccharomycetales> Species 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 108010010737 Ceruletide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000186216 Corynebacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010069514 Cyclic Peptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001189 Cyclic Peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N Cytarabine Chemical compound O=C1N=C(N)C=CN1[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 UHDGCWIWMRVCDJ-CCXZUQQUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M D-gluconate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O RGHNJXZEOKUKBD-SQOUGZDYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N DL-menthol Natural products CC(C)C1CCC(C)CC1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100137177 Drosophila melanogaster polyph gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100353161 Drosophila melanogaster prel gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000194033 Enterococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000071293 Eudistoma capsulatum Species 0.000 description 1
- NIGWMJHCCYYCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fenclonine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 NIGWMJHCCYYCSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000192125 Firmicutes Species 0.000 description 1
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000606768 Haemophilus influenzae Species 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N Hydroxyproline Chemical compound O[C@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-DMTCNVIQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isocaffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N(C)C=N2 LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical compound NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011786 L-ascorbyl-6-palmitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- QAQJMLQRFWZOBN-LAUBAEHRSA-N L-ascorbyl-6-palmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O QAQJMLQRFWZOBN-LAUBAEHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-VKHMYHEASA-N L-homoserine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCO UKAUYVFTDYCKQA-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000186660 Lactobacillus Species 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000186779 Listeria monocytogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 108060003100 Magainin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000006679 Mentha X verticillata Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002899 Mentha suaveolens Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000001636 Mentha x rotundifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003094 Methocel™ K4M Polymers 0.000 description 1
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010028034 Mouth ulceration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000186359 Mycobacterium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000204031 Mycoplasma Species 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003047 N-acetyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BKAYIFDRRZZKNF-VIFPVBQESA-N N-acetylcarnosine Chemical compound CC(=O)NCCC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CN=CN1 BKAYIFDRRZZKNF-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001429 N-terminal alpha-amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 241000588653 Neisseria Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588650 Neisseria meningitidis Species 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000001388 Opportunistic Infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025157 Oral disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019502 Orange oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Natural products NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150110933 PHY gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- BYPFEZZEUUWMEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentoxifylline Chemical compound O=C1N(CCCCC(=O)C)C(=O)N(C)C2=C1N(C)C=N2 BYPFEZZEUUWMEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000220221 Rosales Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091006629 SLC13A2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010039424 Salivary hypersecretion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000270295 Serpentes Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000007562 Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010071390 Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000589970 Spirochaetales Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000295644 Staphylococcaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000299461 Theobroma cacao Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000009470 Theobroma cacao Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000004509 Tooth Discoloration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010044032 Tooth discolouration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000005946 Xerostomia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000000397 acetylating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002535 acidifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005273 aeration Methods 0.000 description 1
- QNHQEUFMIKRNTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N aesculetin Natural products C1CC(=O)OC2=C1C=C(O)C(O)=C2 QNHQEUFMIKRNTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUAFOGOEJLSQBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N aesculetin dimethyl ether Natural products C1=CC(=O)OC2=C1C=C(OC)C(OC)=C2 GUAFOGOEJLSQBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010059012 aibellin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000735 allogeneic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- OFCNXPDARWKPPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N allopurinol Chemical compound OC1=NC=NC2=C1C=NN2 OFCNXPDARWKPPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003459 allopurinol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009435 amidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007112 amidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000019257 ammonium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940043376 ammonium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- APKFDSVGJQXUKY-INPOYWNPSA-N amphotericin B Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/C=C/[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)OC(=O)C[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)C[C@H](O)C[C@](O)(C[C@H](O)[C@H]2C(O)=O)O[C@H]2C1 APKFDSVGJQXUKY-INPOYWNPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003942 amphotericin b Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000202 analgesic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010617 anise oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000843 anti-fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000013011 aqueous formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010385 ascorbyl palmitate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N aspartame Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000605 aspartame Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010357 aspartame Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003438 aspartame Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010032816 bactericidal permeability increasing protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000052586 bactericidal permeability increasing protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000440 bentonite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000278 bentonite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bentoquatam Chemical compound O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O SVPXDRXYRYOSEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001950 benzethonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzethonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1OCCOCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001689 benzydamine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910021538 borax Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000005178 buccal mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019282 butylated hydroxyanisole Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940043253 butylated hydroxyanisole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CZBZUDVBLSSABA-UHFFFAOYSA-N butylated hydroxyanisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1.COC1=CC=C(O)C=C1C(C)(C)C CZBZUDVBLSSABA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940095259 butylated hydroxytoluene Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001948 caffeine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1C=CN2C VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000013736 caramel Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- TWFZGCMQGLPBSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbendazim Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(NC(=O)OC)=NC2=C1 TWFZGCMQGLPBSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960005243 carmustine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003822 cell turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- YRALAIOMGQZKOW-HYAOXDFASA-N ceruletide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(N)=O)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)C1=CC=C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 YRALAIOMGQZKOW-HYAOXDFASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001706 ceruletide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001927 cetylpyridinium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YMKDRGPMQRFJGP-UHFFFAOYSA-M cetylpyridinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+]1=CC=CC=C1 YMKDRGPMQRFJGP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- OIQPTROHQCGFEF-UHFFFAOYSA-L chembl1371409 Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OC1=CC=C2C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=CC2=C1N=NC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 OIQPTROHQCGFEF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- KAFGYXORACVKTE-UEDJBKKJSA-N chembl503567 Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H]2CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=3C=CC=CC=3)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC2=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@@H](C(N1)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCNC(N)=N)CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 KAFGYXORACVKTE-UEDJBKKJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004630 chlorambucil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YZIYKJHYYHPJIB-UUPCJSQJSA-N chlorhexidine gluconate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O.OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O.C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1NC(=N)NC(=N)NCCCCCCNC(=N)NC(=N)NC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 YZIYKJHYYHPJIB-UUPCJSQJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003333 chlorhexidine gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BJBUEDPLEOHJGE-IUYQGCFVSA-N cis-3-hydroxy-D-proline zwitterion Chemical compound O[C@H]1CCN[C@H]1C(O)=O BJBUEDPLEOHJGE-IUYQGCFVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000009508 confectionery Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 1
- UKJLNMAFNRKWGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexatrienamine Chemical group NC1=CC=C=C[CH]1 UKJLNMAFNRKWGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000684 cytarabine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940075482 d & c green 5 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940090962 d&c orange no. 5 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019800 disodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FPAYXBWMYIMERV-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;5-methyl-2-[[4-(4-methyl-2-sulfonatoanilino)-9,10-dioxoanthracen-1-yl]amino]benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC(C)=CC=C1NC(C=1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C=11)=CC=C1NC1=CC=C(C)C=C1S([O-])(=O)=O FPAYXBWMYIMERV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002019 disulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 206010013781 dry mouth Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940124274 edetate disodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001484 edetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009881 electrostatic interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- IINNWAYUJNWZRM-UHFFFAOYSA-L erythrosin B Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(I)C(=O)C(I)=C2OC2=C(I)C([O-])=C(I)C=C21 IINNWAYUJNWZRM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000012732 erythrosine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940011411 erythrosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004174 erythrosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- VNUQOJUAIRBYQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N esculentin Natural products COC1CC(OC2CCC3(C)C4C(O)C(O)C5(C)C(O)(CCC5(O)C4(O)CC=C3C2)C(=O)C)OC(C)C1OC6CC(OC)C(OC7OC(C)C(O)C(OC)C7O)C(C)O6 VNUQOJUAIRBYQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ILEDWLMCKZNDJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N esculetin Chemical compound C1=CC(=O)OC2=C1C=C(O)C(O)=C2 ILEDWLMCKZNDJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940051147 fd&c yellow no. 6 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012631 food intake Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000053095 fungal pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 229960003692 gamma aminobutyric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940050410 gluconate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011553 hamster model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000010536 head and neck cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- VKYKSIONXSXAKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylenetetramine Chemical compound C1N(C2)CN3CN1CN2C3 VKYKSIONXSXAKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005660 hydrophilic surface Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005661 hydrophobic surface Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920013821 hydroxy alkyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960002591 hydroxyproline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 1
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- KHLVKKOJDHCJMG-QDBORUFSSA-L indigo carmine Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].N/1C2=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C(=O)C\1=C1/NC2=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)[O-])C=C2C1=O KHLVKKOJDHCJMG-QDBORUFSSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000012738 indigotine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004179 indigotine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001524 infective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron oxide Inorganic materials [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000829 kaolin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZPEZUAAEBBHXBT-RZVRUWJTSA-N l-valine l-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O.CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O ZPEZUAAEBBHXBT-RZVRUWJTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007775 late Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940063725 leukeran Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000265 leukocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012417 linear regression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- VWHRYODZTDMVSS-QMMMGPOBSA-N m-fluoro-L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC(F)=C1 VWHRYODZTDMVSS-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001855 mannitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940041616 menthol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- DASQOOZCTWOQPA-GXKRWWSZSA-L methotrexate disodium Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O)C=C1 DASQOOZCTWOQPA-GXKRWWSZSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000010445 mica Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052618 mica group Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005142 microbroth dilution method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003020 moisturizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NKAAEMMYHLFEFN-UHFFFAOYSA-M monosodium tartrate Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O NKAAEMMYHLFEFN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940051866 mouthwash Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SYJXFKPQNSDJLI-HKEUSBCWSA-N neamine Chemical compound N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N SYJXFKPQNSDJLI-HKEUSBCWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000039328 opportunistic pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000010502 orange oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003300 oropharynx Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- NDLPOXTZKUMGOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoferriooxy)iron hydrate Chemical compound O.O=[Fe]O[Fe]=O NDLPOXTZKUMGOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001476 pentoxifylline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LQRJAEQXMSMEDP-XCHBZYMASA-N peptide a Chemical compound N([C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)NCCCC[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)C(\NC(=O)[C@@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)CNC(C)=O)=C/C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(N)=O)C(=O)C(\NC(=O)[C@@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)CNC(C)=O)=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 LQRJAEQXMSMEDP-XCHBZYMASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001322 periplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- HTYIXCKSEQQCJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenaglycodol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(C)(O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 HTYIXCKSEQQCJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940067107 phenylethyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PDTFCHSETJBPTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmercuric nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)O[Hg]C1=CC=CC=C1 PDTFCHSETJBPTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HOKBIQDJCNTWST-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphanylidenezinc;zinc Chemical compound [Zn].[Zn]=P.[Zn]=P HOKBIQDJCNTWST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940063179 platinol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000160 potassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011009 potassium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940069328 povidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010388 propyl gallate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000473 propyl gallate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075579 propyl gallate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010032966 protegrin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940024999 proteolytic enzymes for treatment of wounds and ulcers Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000611 regression analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- XWGJFPHUCFXLBL-UHFFFAOYSA-M rongalite Chemical compound [Na+].OCS([O-])=O XWGJFPHUCFXLBL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108700022109 ropocamptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940085605 saccharin sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000026451 salivation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940043230 sarcosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000000467 secondary amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WKQCYNCZDDJXEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N simalikalactone C Natural products C1C(C23C)OC(=O)CC3C(C)C(=O)C(O)C2C2(C)C1C(C)C=C(OC)C2=O WKQCYNCZDDJXEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000030938 small GTPase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060007624 small GTPase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010378 sodium ascorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RKJRWTFHSA-M sodium ascorbate Substances [Na+].OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RKJRWTFHSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960005055 sodium ascorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 235000011083 sodium citrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].OP(O)([O-])=O AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium disulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940001584 sodium metabisulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010262 sodium metabisulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JXKPEJDQGNYQSM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium propionate Chemical compound [Na+].CCC([O-])=O JXKPEJDQGNYQSM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010334 sodium propionate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004324 sodium propionate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003212 sodium propionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010339 sodium tetraborate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M sodium-L-ascorbate Chemical compound [Na+].OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1[O-] PPASLZSBLFJQEF-RXSVEWSESA-M 0.000 description 1
- RBWSWDPRDBEWCR-RKJRWTFHSA-N sodium;(2r)-2-[(2r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-oxo-2h-furan-2-yl]-2-hydroxyethanolate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O RBWSWDPRDBEWCR-RKJRWTFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALNUHUMOGUVHIO-XXJNWDAFSA-M sodium;7-[(1r,2s)-2-hexyl-5-hydroxycyclopentyl]heptanoate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCC[C@H]1CCC(O)[C@@H]1CCCCCCC([O-])=O ALNUHUMOGUVHIO-XXJNWDAFSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002920 sorbitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004575 stone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MNQYNQBOVCBZIQ-JQOFMKNESA-A sucralfate Chemical compound O[Al](O)OS(=O)(=O)O[C@@H]1[C@@H](OS(=O)(=O)O[Al](O)O)[C@H](OS(=O)(=O)O[Al](O)O)[C@@H](COS(=O)(=O)O[Al](O)O)O[C@H]1O[C@@]1(COS(=O)(=O)O[Al](O)O)[C@@H](OS(=O)(=O)O[Al](O)O)[C@H](OS(=O)(=O)O[Al](O)O)[C@@H](OS(=O)(=O)O[Al](O)O)O1 MNQYNQBOVCBZIQ-JQOFMKNESA-A 0.000 description 1
- 229960004291 sucralfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004793 sucrose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YRALAIOMGQZKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfated caerulein Natural products C=1C=CC=CC=1CC(C(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(CCSC)NC(=O)C(CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C1NC(=O)CC1)CC1=CC=C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 YRALAIOMGQZKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HNKJADCVZUBCPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioanisole Chemical compound CSC1=CC=CC=C1 HNKJADCVZUBCPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NLVFBUXFDBBNBW-PBSUHMDJSA-N tobramycin Chemical compound N[C@@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N NLVFBUXFDBBNBW-PBSUHMDJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000707 tobramycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036367 tooth discoloration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940042129 topical gel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- BSVBQGMMJUBVOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N trisodium borate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]B([O-])[O-] BSVBQGMMJUBVOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004418 trolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000008827 tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000013026 undiluted sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- MWOOGOJBHIARFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanillin Chemical compound COC1=CC(C=O)=CC=C1O MWOOGOJBHIARFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FGQOOHJZONJGDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanillin Natural products COC1=CC(O)=CC(C=O)=C1 FGQOOHJZONJGDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000012141 vanillin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NWONKYPBYAMBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc sulfate Chemical compound [Zn+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O NWONKYPBYAMBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/03—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in an undefined or only partially defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K7/00—Peptides having 5 to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K7/04—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links
- C07K7/08—Linear peptides containing only normal peptide links having 12 to 20 amino acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/04—Peptides having up to 20 amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/10—Peptides having 12 to 20 amino acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides methods and compositions suitable for treating oral mucositis in animals, including humans, with antimicrobial peptides such as protegrin peptides.
Description
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 COMPO8ITION8 AND M~ r~S FOR THE PR~v~. lON A~nD ~M~NT OF
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S.
Serial No. 08/960,921 filed August 1, 1996, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/649,811 filed 17 May 1996, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/562,346 filed 22 November 1995, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/499,523 filed 7 July 1995, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/451,832 filed 26 May 1995 which claims priority from PCT/US94/08305 (Wo 95/03325) and which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/243,879 filed 17 May 1994, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/182,483 filed 13 January 1994, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S.
Serial No. 08/095,769 filed 26 July 1993, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/093,926 filed 20 July 1993. Benefit is cl~ under 35 U.S.C. ~ 120 with respect to U.S. Serial Nos. 08/960,921, 08/649,811 and 08/562,346. The contents of these applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
FIELD OF THE lNv~NllON
The present invention relates to the use of antimicrobial peptides to treat or prevent oral mucositis.
In particular, the present invention relates to the use of protegrin peptides and congeners thereof to treat oral mucositis in An; ~1~ including humans.
BACKGROUND OF THE lNv~NllON
Oral mucositis is a significant side effect of cancer therapy and bone marrow transplantation that is not ade~uately managed by current approaches (Sonis, 1993a, "Oral Complications," In: Cancer Medicine, pp. 2381-2388, Holland et al., Eds., Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia; Sonis, 1993b, "oral Complications in Cancer Therapy," In: Principles and Practice of Oncolo~y, pp. 2385-2394, DeVitta et al., Eds., CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97118827 PCTrUS96/18845 J.B. Lippincott, Philadelphia).' Oral mucositis is found in almost 100% of patients receiving chemotherapy and radiotherapy for head and neck tumors and in about so~ of children with leukemia. About 40% of patients treated with chemotherapy for other tumors develop oral problems during each exposure to the chemotherapeutic agent (Sonis, 1993b, supra). Additionally, approximately 75% of patients undergoing bone marrow transplantation, both autologous and allogeneic, develop mucositis (Woo et al., 1993, Cancer 72:1612-1617). Current estimates indicate that about 400,000 patients suffer from oral mucositis annually in the United States alone (Graham et al., 1993, Cancer Nursinq 16:117-122). Given that patients often receive multiple cycles of chemo- and/or radiotherapy, there are an estimated 1,000,000 incidences of oral mucositis per year in the United States.
The incidence of oral mucositis varies depending on the type of tumor, age of the patient, and state of oral health.
The therapies used in these different tumors are an important factor with the very aggressive chemotherapy protocols used in bone marrow transplant ~eing associated with a high incidence of oral mucositis. Younger patients have a higher incidence, which may be due to their more rapi~ epithelial cell turnover, and hence susceptibility to cytotoxic drugs (Sonis 1993a, supra).
~ncidence is also related to the choice of chemotherapeutic agent, with a~ents such as carmustine (BCNU~, chlorambucil (Leukeran), cisplatin (Platinol), Cytarabine, doxorubicin (Adriamycin), fluorouracil (5-~U), methoxetrate (Mexate) and plicamycin (Mithracin) being known ~or their direct stomatotoxic potential (Sonis, l9s3b~ supra) and hence incidence of oral mucositis. The increasing use of aggressive infusion protocols is also associated with an increased incidence o~ oral mucositis.
Oral mucositis is initiated by the cytotoxic effects of chemotherapy and/or radiotherapy on the rapidly dividing epithelial cells of the oropharyngeal mucosa, and is exacerbated by infection with ~oth endogenous oral flora and CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 opportunistic bacterial and fungal pathogens. Complications related to oral mucositis vary in the different patient populations affected, but include pain, poor oral intake with consequent dehydration and weight loss, and systemic infection with organisms originating in the oral cavity (Sonis, 1993b, supra). The pain associated with oral mucositis may be severe requiring narcotic analgesics, and the difficulty in eating can result in patients receiving total parenteral nutrition. The damaged oral epithelium and defective i c response often found in these patients offers a ready route for entry of org~n; ! C from the mouth into the systemic circulation. This is a major concern due to the potential for sepsis, and injectable antibiotics are used when signs of systemic infection are observed. Due to these complications, oral mucositis can be a dose-limiting toxicity of radiation or ch-~ -Lherapy treatment, resulting in ;n~equate therapy for the cancer.
A variety of approaches to the treatment of oral mucositis and associated oral infections have been tested with limited sllc~s~. For example, the use of an allopurinol mouthwash, an oral sucralfate slurry, and pentoxifylline were reported in prel; in~y studies to result in a decrease in mucositis. Subse~uent randomized and controlled studies, however, have failed to demonstrate any benefit to treatment with these agents (Loprinzi et al ., 1995 , Sem. Oncol.
22 SuP~le. 3):95-97; Epstein ~ Wong, 1994, Int. J. Radiation Oncoloav Biol. Phvs. 2~:693-698; Verdi et al ., 1995, Oral Surq. Oral Med. Oral Pathol. Oral Radiol. Endod. 80:36-42).
Other therapies have been directed at decreasing oral flora and the extent o~ infection of oral ulcerations.
Systemic treatment with G- and GM-CSF has been shown to result in a decreased incidence of oral mucositis, presumably by allowing for more rapid neutrophil recovery and thus an improved ability to combat infection, although it has been postulated that the CSFs may have a more direct effect on the oral mucosa (Chi et al., 1995, J. Clin. Oncol. 13:2620-2628).
In one study, GM-CSF was reported to exacerbate mucositis.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 - PCT~US96/1884S
(Cartee et al ., 1994, C~tokine 7:471-477). Benzydamine hydrochloride, a nonsteroidal drug with analgesic and antimicrobial properties, has been studied both in patients undergoing radiation therapy and in patients receiving intra-arterial chemotherapy ~Epstein et a} ., 1986, Oral Sura. Oral Med. Oral Pathol. 62:145-148; Epstein et al ., 1989, Int. J.
Radiation Oncoloqv Biol. PhYs. 16:1571-1~75).
Chlorhexidine, an antimicrobial mouth rinse, has also been used extensively in the treatment and prevention of oral lo mucositis (Ferretti et al., 1990, Bone Marrow Trans~lan.
3:483-493; Weifi~orf et al., 1989, Bone Marrow Trans~lan.
4:89-95). It has been noted however that the efficacy of chlorhexidine is significantly decreased in saliva, and that this compound is relatively ineffective against the Gram negative bacteria that tend to colonize the oral cavity in patients undergoing radiation therapy (Spijkervet et al., 1990, Oral Sur~. Oral Med. Oral Pathol. 69:444-449). In addition, at least one study has shown that the use of chlorhexidine may be detrimental and result in a higher incidence of mucositis (Foote et al., 1994, J. Clin Oncol.
12:2630-2633~.
Several studies have shown that the use of a vancomycin paste and antibiotic lozenges contA; n; n~ polymixin B, tobramycin and amphotericin B in patients undergoing myelosuppresive o~ ~~herapy or radiation therapy can result in a decrease in oral mucositis and in the incidence of sepsis due to alpha hemolytic streptococci (~arker et al., 1995, J. Ped. Hem. Oncol. 17:151-155; Spijkervet et al., 1991, ln: Irradiation Mucositis, Munksgaard Press, pp. 43-50). Despite the clear need for therapeutic agents to treatoral mucositis, no drugs are currently approved for this indication. As a result, there is no stAn~A~d treatment for this disorder.
Topical application of agents useful to treat oral ~ifi~es such as oral mucositis presents unique problems.
For example, due to salivation and/or food or ~luid intake, it is oftentimes extremely difficult to attain sufficient CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 mucoadhesion and residence time in the mouth for the agent to be effective. Topical application of peptides is even more problematic, as the peptides must be stable to proteolytic enzymes resident in saliva. Other difficulties associated with topical oral application of drugs include tooth discoloration and patient compliance. Oral formulations providing good mucoadhesion and residence time in the mouth while at the same time providing high levels of patient compliance are not readily available.
Hence, the availability of compositions and methods for treating oral mucositis which exhibit broad spectrum antimicrobial activity, good stability, mucoadhesion and residence time in the mouth and which yield high levels of patient compliance are extremely desirable, and are therefore ob~ects of the present invention.
SU~L~RY OF THE lNV~N'l'lON
These and other objects are provided by the present invention, which in one aspect relates to methods of treating and/or preventing oral mucositis with antimicrobial peptides.
The methods generally involve A~; n; ~tering to an ~ l in need thereof an ~ l~n~ of antimicrobial peptide effective to treat or prevent oral mucositis. Generally, antimicrobial peptides useful in the methods of the invention are protegrin peptides and/or congeners thereof. However, other broad spectrum antimicrobial peptides such as magA; n; n~ ~
dermaseptins, PGLa or XPF peptides, adrenoregulins, BPI
protein and peptides, caeruleins, perforins, insect defensins or sapecins, rabbit or ~uman cationic antimicrobial peptides (CAP-18), porcine myeloid antibacterial peptides (PMAP), aibellins, acerins, brevenins, esculentins, lactoferrins, cecropin-mellitin hybrids (CEMA peptides), bo h~n;n~
tachyplesins, polyphemusins and defensins may be used as well.
In one illustrative embodiment of the invention, protegrin peptides useful for the treatment or prophylaxis of oral mucositis are peptides having the formula:
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 (I) Xl-X2-X3-X4-Xs-c6-x7-c8-x9-xio-xll-xl2-cll-xl4-cl5-xl6-x~7-xl8 or pharmaceutical salts thereof, wherein: each of C8 and Cl3 is independently present or not present, and if present each is independently a cysteine-like, basic, small, polar/large or hydrophobic;
each of C6 and Cl5 is independently a cysteine-like, basic, small, polar/large or hydrophobic amino acid;
each of Xl-Xs is ;n~ep~nr1ently present or not present, and if present each is independently a basic, hydrophobic, polar/large, or small amino acid;
each of X7 and Xl4 is independently a hydrophobic or a small amino acid;
each of Xg and Xl2 is independently present or not present;
X9-Xl2 taken together are capable of effecting a reverse-turn when contained in the amino acid sequence of foL ~1~ (I) and at least one of Xg-Xl2 must be a basic amino acid;
each of X16-Xla is independently present or not present, and if present each is independently a basic, hydrophobic, polar/large or small amino acid;
and wherein at least about 1~% up to about 50~ of the amino acids comprising said antimicrobial peptide are basic amino acids such that said antimicrobial peptide has a net charge of at least +l at physiological pH.
Also contemplated for use in the methods of the invention are the N-teL inA1 acylated and/or C-terminal amidated or esterified forms of the peptides of formula (I), as well as linear or disulfide-bridged forms.
In another aspect, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical formulation suited to topical application of antimicrobial agents to the oral cavity of animals, including humans. The pharmaceutical formulation of the invention generally comprises an antimicrobial compound in admixture with a gel-like vehicle. The gel-like vehicle generally comprises a mixture of a water-soluble gelling agent and a CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 humectant, and may optionally contain other ingredients such as sweet~ni ng agents, preservatives, etc. The gel-like foL 11 ~tion provides superior mucoadhesion properties and residence time in the mouth, and has favorable moisten;n~ and flavor properties associated with high patient compliance.
The gel-like formulation is particularly suited for use with the methods described herein.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
FIG. 1 is a graphical representation of the effect of peptide OM-3 (SEQ ID NO:3) on colony forming units ('ICFUs'') of microflora in pooled normal human saliva;
FIG. 2 is a graphical representation of the effect of peptide OM-3 (SEQ ID NO:3) on reduction of oral flora in hamsters;
FIG. 3 is a graphical representation of the effect of peptide PG-1 (SEQ ID NO:1) treatment on oral mucositis in hamsters;
FIG. 4 is a graphical representation of the effect of peptide PG-1 (SEQ ID NO:l) treatment on the ~ody weight of hamsters with experimentally-induced oral mucositis;
FIG. 5 is a graphical representation of the effect of peptide OM-3 (SEQ ID NO:3) treatment on oral mucositis in hamsters;
FIG. 6 is a graphioal representation of the effect of peptide OM-3 (SEQ ID NO:3) treatment on the body weight of hamsters with experimentally-i n~l~ce~ oral mucositis; and FIG. 7 is an illustration of a peptide ~-sheet secondary structure.
DE~ATT~n DESCRIPTION OF THE lNv~NllON
The present invention relates to compositions and methods for the treatment or prevention of oral mucositis in ~ni ols, including humans. As discussed in the Summary of the Invention, oral mucositis develops in a significant number of cancer and bone marrow transplantation patients ~ receiving chemotherapy and/or radiotherapy.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PC'r~US96/18845 Complications related to oral mucositis vary in the different patient populations affected, but include, pain, poor oral intake with consequent dehydration and weight loss, and systemic infection with organisms originating in the oral cavity (Sonis, 1993b). The pain associated with oral mucositis may be severe requiring narcotic analgesics, and the difficulty in eating can result in patients receiving total parenteral nutrition. The damaged oral epithelium and defective immune response often found in these patients offers a ready route for entxy of orgAni! ~ from the mouth into the systemic circulation. This is a major concern due to the potential for sepsis, and injectable antibiotics are used when signs of systemic infection are observed. Due to these complications, oral mucositis can be a dose-limiting toxicity of radiation or chemotherapy treatment resulting in inade~uate therapy for the cAnc~r.
The oral cavity is colonized by a variety of org~ni~
including alpha and non-hemolytic streptococci, group D
streptococci, Corynebacterium species, staphylococci, lactobacilli, Neisseria species, BrAnh~ ?lla catarrhalis, ~emophilus parain~luenzae, Hemophilus influenzae, Acinetobacter species, Mycoplasma species, and spirochetes.
Anaerobic org~ni ! have been detected as well. Important potential pathogens such as S. rne~ ,niae, ~lebsiella pneumoniae, P. aeruglnosa, N. meningitidis, and Proteus mirabilis have also been identified in normal oral flora (Loesche, 1994, "Ecology of the Oral Flora," In: Oral MicrobioloqY and Immunoloqy, R.J. Nisengard and M.G. Newman, Eds., W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, pp. 307-315). Cancer patients have been observed to have increased numbers of orgAni~ . in the oral cavity most likely because of poor dental hygiene and xerostomia. These patients have also been shown to have a shift in the oral flora from pr~t~ ntly Gram positive orgAn;~ - to prt~t ;n~ntly Gram negative org~n; ~ (Sonis, 1993, "Oral Complications," In: Cancer Medicine, 3rd Edition, J.L. Holland et al., Eds., Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia, pp. 2381-2388; Spijkervet et al., -CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 1991, "Effect of Selective Elimination of the Oral Flora on Mucositis in Irradiated Head and Neck Cancer Patients," J.
Surq. Oncol. 46:167-173). All of these org~ni- ~, as well as viruses and fungi, may be involved in oral mucositis.
Thus, agents useful to treat oral mucositis must exhibit broad spectrum antimicrobial activity, particularly against Gram-negative microorganisms (Sonis, 1993, "Oral Complications of C~nc~r Therapy," In: Princi~les and Practice of Oncolo~v, V. DeVitta et al., Eds., J.B.
Lippincott, ph;l~Aelphia). Additional advantageous properties of agents u~eful to treat oral mucositis include fast kill kinetics and low frequency of microbial resistance.
Protegrin peptide~ are a recognized class of naturally occurring antimicrobial peptides that exhibit broad spectrum antimicrobial activity against Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria, yeast, ~ungi and certain viruses (for a review of the properties of protegrin peptides see, U.S.
Patent No. 5,464,823 and WO 95/03325 and references cited therein). To date, five different naturally occurring protegrin peptides have been identified, designated PG-1 through PG-5, having the following amino acid se~uences:
(PG-1) RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR
(PG-2) RGGRLCY~KKK~lCV
(PG-3) RGGGLCYCRRRFCVCVGR
(PG-4) RGGRLCYCRGEICFCVGR
(PG-5) RGGLCYCRPRFCVCVGR
Protegrins PG-1 through PG-5 are amidated at the C-te~ ;n~R
and have two disulfide linkages; one between C6 and C15 and another between C8 and C13.
Recently, a number of congeners of protegrin peptides have been designed (see U.S. Serial Nos. 08/451,832, 08/499,523, 08/562,346, 08/649,811 and 08/960,921). These protegrins, like the naturally occurring protegrins, exhibit broad spectrum antimicrobial activity.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 Quite unexpectedly, it has been discovered that antimicrobial peptides such as the protegrin peptides are capable of exhibiting broad spectrum antimicrobial activity against the normal oral flora of animals, as well as against 5 opportunistic pathogens associated with oral mucositis.
Importantly, this antimicrobial activity is effected within the natural environment of the oral cavity, particularly in saliva. Additionally, it was unexpectedly discovered that treatment with protegrins prevents the onset of mucositis.
10 Based on these surprising discoveries, it was sur3mised that such peptides would be effective to treat or prevent oral infections such as oral mucositis.
Treatment of oral mucositis with protegrins, especially with the compositions of the invention, provides ;myriad 15 advantages over other treatments. The protegrins exhibit antimicrobial activity against pathogens and opportunistic infections associated with mucositis, particularly against the Gram-negative bacteria observed in c~ncor patients.
Unlike v:lncl; ~cin and other antibiotics, protegrins kill oral 20 pathogens in minutes rather than hours, making them ideally suited for topical application in the mouth where it is difficult to achieve the long residence times necessary for other treatments to be effective. And unlike traditional antibiotics such as vancomycin, protegrins exhibit a low 25 frequency of resistance, making them ideally suited for treating infections such as oral mucositis.
The formulations of the invention provide myriad advantages as well. The compositions provide superior mucoadhesion, permitting the active ingredient to remain in 30 contact with the mucosa for long durations. Additionally, through the use of a humectant, the formulations act to moisten the oral mucosa, leading to higher patient compliance. The humectant also acts as a water barrier, preventing the treatment from being washed away by saliva or 35 other fluids. The vehicle also has a pleasant flavor, an important factor in achieving high patient compliance.
.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 The Compounds Antimicrobial peptides useful for treating or preventing oral mucositis according to the invention include virtually any broad spectrum antimicrobial peptides that exhibit efficacy agai~st pathogens associated with oral mucositis in the oral environment of the subject ~eing treated. Such antimicrobial peptides include, but are not limited to, cationic amphipathic peptides such as dermaseptins or derivatives or analogues thereof (Mor et al., lo 1991, Biochemistry 30:8824; Mor et al., 1991, Bioch~ trY
33:6642; Mor et al ., 1994, Eur. J. Biochem. 219:145);
magainin peptides or derivatives or analogues thereo~
(Zasloff, 1987, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 84:5449); PGLa or XPF peptides or derivatives or analogues thereof (Hoffman lS et al., 1983, EMBO J. 2:711; Andreu et al., 1985, Biochem. ~.
149:531; Gibson et al, 1986, J. Biol. Chem. 261:5341;
Giov~nn;ni et al., 19~37, Biochem. J. 243:113); CPF peptides (Richter et al., 1986, J. Biol. Chem. 261:3676; U.S. Patent No. 5,073,542)); adrenoregulins or derivatives or analogues thereof (Donly et al ., 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
89:10960; Amiche et al ., 1993, Biochem. Bio~hys. Res. Commun.
191:983); perforins or derivatives or analogues thereof (Henkart et al., 1984, J. EXD. Med. 160:695); caerulein or - derivatives or analogues thereof (Richter et al., 1988, J.
Biol. Chem. 261:3676-3680; and Gibson et al., 1986, J. Biol.
C~em. 261:5341-5349); Bacterial/Permeability-Increasing Protein (BPI) or peptide derivatives or analogues thereof (Ooi et al ., 1987, J. Biol. Chem. 262:14891-14898; Qi et al., 1994, Biochem. J. ~:771-718; Gray and Haseman, 1994, Infec~ion and Immunit~ 62:2732-2739; Little et al ., 1994, J.
Biol. Chem. 269:1865-1872; and ~.S. Patent No. 5,348,942);
insect defensins (also called sapecins) or analogues or derivatives thereof (Alvarez-Bravo et al., 1994, Biochem. J.
302:535-538; Yamada and Natori, 1994, Biochem. J. 298:623-628; Kum et al., 1994, FEBS Letters 342:189-192; Shimoda et al., 1994, FEBS Letters 339:59-62; Yamada and Natori, 1993, Biochem. J. 291:275-279; Homma et al ., 1992, Biochem. J.
W Q 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 288:281-284; Hanzawa et al., 1990, FEBS Letters 269:413-420;
Kuzuhara et al ., 1990, Biochem. ~. 107:514-518; Matsuyama and Natori, 1990, Biochem. J. 108:128-132; U.S. Patent No.
5,107,486; European Patent No. 303,859; European Patent No.
280,859; U.S. Patent No. 5,008,371; U.S. Patent No.
5,106,735; and U.S. Patent No. 5,118,789); rabbit or human FALL-39/CAP-18 (Cationic Antimicrobial Protein) or analogues or derivatives therecf (PCT Application WO 94/02589 and references cited therein; Agerberth et al., 1995, Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 92:195-199; Larrick et al., 1991, Biochem.
BioPhYs. Res. Cc n. 179:170-175; Hirata et al ., 1990, Endotoxln: Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology (Herman Friedman, T.W. Xlein, Masayasu Nakano, and Alois Nowotny, eds.); Tossi et al ., 1994, FEBS Letters 339:108-112;
Larrick et ~1., 1994, J. Immunol. 152:231-240; Hirata et al., 1994, Infection and T ity 62:1421--1426; and Larrick et al., 1993, Antimicrobial Aqents and Chemothera~Y 37:2534-2539; PMAP (Porcine Myeloid Antibacterial Peptide) or analogues or derivatives thereof (Zanetti et al ., 1994, ~.
Biol. Chem. 269:7855-7858; Storici et al., 1994, FE~S Letters 37:303-307; and Tossi et al., 1995, Eur. J. Biochem. 228:941-948); aibellin or analogues or derivatives thereof (Hino et al., 1994, J. Dairy Sci. 77:3426-3461; Kumazawa et al., 1994, ~ Antibiot. 47:1136-1144; and Hino et al ., 1993, J. Dairy Sci. 76:2213-2221); caerin or analogues or derivatives thereof (Stone et al ., 1992, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans.
1:3173-3178; and PCT W0 92/13881, published August 20, 1992);
bombinin or analogues or derivatives thereof (Simmaco et al ., 1991, Eur. J. Biochem. 199:217_222 and Gibson et al., 1991, J. Biol. Chem. 266:23103-23111); brevenin or analogues or derivatives thereof (Morikawa et al., 1g92, Biochem. Bio~hvs.
Res. C~ . l89:l84-lso; and Japanese Patent Application No.
6,080,695A); esculetin or analogues or derivatives thereof (Simmaco et al., 1993, FE~3S letters 324:159-161; and Simmaco et al., 1994, J. Biol. Chem. 269:11956-11961); lactoferrin or analogues or derivatives thereof (U.S. Patent No. 5,317,084;
U.S. Patent No. 5,304,633; European Patent Application No.
, ~
519,726 A2; European Patent Application No. 503,939 A1; PCT
Application W0 93/22348, published November 11, 1993; PCT
Application W0 9o/13642; and Tomita et al., In: Lactoferrin - Structure and ~unction, Hutchens, T.W., et al., Eds., Plenum Press, N~, 1994, pp. 209-218); C~MA peptides or analogues or derivatives thereof (PCT Application Wo 94/04688, published March 3, 1994); tachyplesins and analogues of tachyplesins such as polyph~- ~ins (N~kA ~ra et al., 1988, J. Biol. Chem.
263:16709-16713; Miyata et al., 1989, J. Biochem. 106:663~
668), defensins (Lehrer et al., 1991, Cell 64:229-230; Lehrer et al ., 1993, Ann. Rev. Immun~l. 11:105-128; U.S. Patent No.
4,705,777; U.S. Patent No. 4,659,692; U.S. Patent No.
4,543,252), ~-defensins (Selsted et al., 1993, J. Biol. Chem.
288:6641-6648; Diamond et al., 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. sci.
U.S.A. 88:3952-3958), and protegrins (Kokryakov et al., 1993, FEBS 337:231-236; Zhao et al ., 1994, ~E~S Letters 346:285-288; Migorodskaya et al., 1993, FE8S 330:339-342; Storici et al., 1993, Biochem. Bio~hYs. Res. Commun. 196:1363-1367; Zhao et al ., 1994, FEBS Le~t. 346:285-288; Manzoni et al., 1996, F~RS Lett. 383:93--98; U.S. Patent No. 5,464,823).
Particularly preferred peptides are protegrin peptides, such as those described, for example in U.S. Patent No.
5,464,823, W0 95/03325, and U.S. Serial Nos. 08/451,832, 08/499,523, 08/562,346, 08/649,811 and 08/960,921. Thus, peptides suitable for use with the methods described herein will either be known to those of skill in the art or will be easily identified by way of tests commonly employed in the art, such as, for example, the tests provided in the examples. Generally, antimicrobial peptides useful in the methods of the invention will have ; n; 1~ inhibitory concentrations (MICs) against Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria of less than about 128 ~g/mL, preferably less than about 64 ~g/mL and most preferably less than about 32 ~g/mL
as measured using the assays provided in the Examples.
Alternatively, or in addition to, useful peptides will generally exhibit at least a two log reduction in oral colony W O 97/18827 PCl'AUS96/18845 ~orming units (CFUs) in saliva in 15 minutes at a peptide concentration of about 0.001% (w/w) to 5% (w/w).
In one illustrative embodiment of the invention, protegrin peptides useful for the treatment or prophylaxis of oral mucositis are peptides having the formula:
(I) Xl-X2-X3-X4-Xs-c6-x7-c8-x9-xlo-xll-x~2-cl3-xl4-c~-xl6-xl7-xls and its defined modified forms.
The designation Xn in each case represents an amino acid at the specified position in the peptide. Similarly, the designation Cn represents an amino acid at the specified position and further represents those positions in the peptides of formula (I) which may optionally contain amino acid residues capable of forming disulfide interlinkages.
The amino acid residues denoted by Xn or Cn may be the genetically encoded L-amino acids, naturally occurring non-genetically encoded L-amino acids, synthetic L-amino acids or D-enantiomers of all of the above. The amino acid notations used herein for the twenty genetically encoded L-amino acids and common non-encoded amino acids are conventional and are as follows:
One-Lettor Common Amino Acid 8yobol Abbroviation ~1 Ani n~ A Ala Arginine R Arg Aaparagine N A3n A~partic ~cid D A3p Cy~teine C Cys Glutamine Q Gln Glutamic acid E ,Glu Glycine G Gly Histidine H Hi~
I~oleucine I Ile Leucine L Leu Ly~ine K Ly~
CA 02238429 l998-05-22 On--Letter Co on A ino Acid Sy~bol Abbreviation Melhion;n~ M Net Phenyl~l~nin~ F Phe Proline P Pro Serine S Ser Threonine T Thr Tryptophan W Trp Tyro8ine Y Tyr Valine v Val Ornithine O Orn 0 ~ nine~ bAla 2,3-~ii ;nnpropionic Dpr acid ~- inoi80buLy~ic acid Aib N-methylglycine Me&ly (~arcosine) Citrulline Cit t-butyl A 1 ~n i n~ t-BuA
t-butylglycine t-BuG
N-methylisoleucine MeIle phenylglycine Phg cyclohexyl~l ~n i n~ Cha Norleucine Nle 1-naphthyl~l ~n i n~ 1-Nal 2-naphthyl~l ~ n i n~ 2-Nal 4-chlo.oyhEny 1~1 ~n i n~ Phe(4-C1) 2-fluoroyheny~ n i n~ Phe(2-F) 3 - f 1UOL~h "Y1~1~ nin~ Phe(3-F) 4-fluo~h~.. yl~l~ n i n~ Phe(4-F) PenLcill: in~ Pen 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro- Tic isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid ~-2-thienyl~l~ n i n~ Thi Me~ h j on i n~ ~ul fox ideMSO
Homoarginine Har N-acetyl lyuine AcLy~
W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 OnR-L~tt-r Co;.non A~ino Acid 8ymbol Abbr~viatio~
2 ~ 4 - ~ i r i ~ butyric D~u acid p-aminophenyl~l ~ni n~ Phe(pNH2) N-methylvaline MeVal Homocysteine hCy~
- ine hSer ~-amino hex~noic acid Aha ~-amino valeric ~cid Av~
2 ~ 3~ i n~ l.yL ic acid Dba Illustrative compounds useful in the methods of the invention are peptides which are partially defined in terms of amino acid residues of designated classes. Amino acid residues can be generally subclassified into major subclasses as follows:
Acidic: The residue has a negative charge due to loss of H~ ion at physiological pH and the residue is attracted by ~queous solution so as to seek the surface positions in the conformation of a peptide in which it is cont~; ne~ when the peptide is in aqueous medium at physiological pH.
Basic: The residue has a positive charge due to association with H' ion at physiological pH and the residue is attracted by aqueous solution so as to seek the surface positions in the conformation of a peptide in which it is contained when the peptide is in aqueous medium at physiological pH.
H~droPhobic: The residues are not charged at physiological pH and the residue is repelled by aqueous solution so as to seek the inner positions in the conformation of a peptide in which it is cont~i ne~ when the peptide is in aqueous medium.
Polar/lar~e: The residues are not charged at physiological pH, but the residue is not sufficiently repelled by aqueous solutions so that it would necessarily seek an inner position in the conformation of the peptide in which it is contained when the peptide is in agueous medium.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 Depending on the conditions, and on the remaining amino acids in the sequence, the residue may reside either in the inner space or at the surface of the protein.
CYsteine-Like: Residues having a side chain capable of participating in a disulfide linkage. Thus, cysteine-like amino acids generally have a side chain cont~i n; ng at least one thiol (SH) group, such as cysteine, homocysteine, penicillamine, etc.
Small: certain neutral amino acids having side r-hA; n~:
that are not suf~iciently large, even if polar groups are lacking, to confer hydrophobicity. "Small" amino acids are those with four carbons or less when at least one polar group is on the side chain and three carbons or less when not.
The gene-encoded secondary amino acid proline (as well as proline-like imino acids such as 3-hydroxyproline and 4-hydroxyproline) is a special case due to its known effects on the secondary conformation of peptide chains, and is not therefore, included in a group.
It is understood, of course, that in a statistical collection of individual residue mol~c~les some molecules will be charged, and some not, and there will be an attraction for or repulsion from an aqueous medium to a greater or lesser extent. To fit the definition of "charged," a significant percentage (at least approximately 25%) of the individual molecules are charged at physiological pH. The degree of attraction or repulsion required for classification as polar or nonpolar is arbitrary and, therefore, amino acids specifically contemplated by the invention have been classified as one or the other. Most amino acids not specifically named can be classified on the basis of known behavior.
Amino acid residues can be further subclassified as cyclic or noncyclic, and aromatic or nonaromatic, self-explanatory classifications with respect to the side-chain substituent groups of the residues.
Certain ~. ~nly encountered amino acids which are not genetically encoded of which the peptides of the invention CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~JS96/18845 may be composed include, but are not limited to, ~-alanine (b-Ala) and other omega-amino acids such as 3-aminopropionic acid, 2,3-diaminopropionic acid (Dpr), 4-aminobutyric acid and so forth; ~-aminoisobutyric acid (Aib); ~-aminohexanoic acid (Aha); ~-aminovaleric acid (Ava); N-methylglycine or sarcosine (MeGly); ornithine (Orn); citrulline (Cit);
t-~utylalanine (t-BuA); t-butylglycine (t-BuG);
N-methylisoleucine (MeIle); phenylglycine (Phg);
cyclohexylalanine (Cha); norleucine (Nle); 1-naphthylalanine (1-Nal); 2-naphthylalanine (2-Nal); 4-chlorophenylalanine (Phe(4-Cl)); 2-~luorophenylalanine (Phe(2-F)); 3-fluorophenylalAnin~ (Phe(3-F)); 4-fluorophenylalanine (Phe(4-F)); penicillamine (Pen); 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroiso~uinoline-3-carboxylic acid (Tic); ~-2-thienylalanine (Thi); methionine sul~oxide (MSO); homoarginine (Har); N-acetyl lysine (AcLys);
2,3-diaminobutyric acid (Dab); 2,4-~;~ inobutyric acid (Dbu);
p-aminophenylAlAn;ne (Phe(pNH2)); N-methyl valine (MeVal);
homocysteine (hCys) and homoserine (hSer). These amino acids also fall conveniently into the categories defined above.
The classifications of the above-described genetically encoded and non-encoded amino acids are ~l ~rized in Table 1, below. It is to be understood that Table 1 is for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to be an exhaustive list of amino acid residues that may comprise the illustrative peptides described herein.
WO 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 T~bl~ l Amino Aci~ Classifications ~ ication G~n~tically ~n~o~-' t- Ga~LiCallr Hydrophobic Y, V, I, L, M, F, W Phg, l-Nal, 2-Nal, Thi, Tic, Phe(4-Cl), Phe(2-F), Phe~3-F)~ Phe(4-F), t-BuA, t-BuG, MeIle, Nle, MeVal, Cha Acidic D, E
Basic H, K, R Dpr, Orn, hArg, Phe(p-NH2 ), Dbu, Dab Polar/Large Q, N Cit, AcLy~, MSO
Small G, S, A, T bAla, MeGly, Aib, hSer Cy~teine-Like C Pen, hCy~
In the peptides of formula I, the symbol "-" between amino acid residues ~ and/or Cn generally designates a backbone inter~inkage. Thus, the symbol "-" usually designates an amide linkage (-C(O)-NH). It is to be understood, however, that in many of the peptides useful in the methods of the invention one or more amide linkages may optionally be replaced with a linkage other than amide. Such linkages include, but are not limited to, -CH2NH-, -CH2S-, -CH2CH2, -CH=CH- (cis and trans), -C(O)CH2-, -CH(OH)CH2- and -CH2SO-.
Peptides having such linkages and methods for preparing such peptides are well-known in the art (see, e.g., Spatola, 1983, Veaa Data 1(3) (general review); Spatola, 1983, "Peptide Ba~khone Modifications" In: Chemistrv and BiochemistrY of Amino Acids Pe~tides and Proteins (Weinstein, ed.), Marcel Dekker, New York, p. 267 (general review);
Morley, 1980, Trends Pharm. Sci. 1:463-468; Hudson et al., 1979, Int. J. Prot. Res. 14:177-185 (-CH2NH-, -CH2CH2-);
Spatola et al., 1986, Life Sci. 38:1243-1249 (-CH2-S); Hann, 1982, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. I. 1:307-314 (-CH=CH-, cis and trans); Alm~uist et al., 1980, J. Med. Chem. 23:1392-1398 (-COCH2-); Jennings-White et al., Tetrahedron. Lett. 23:2533 (-COCH2-); European Patent Application EP 45665 (1982) ~ CA:97:39405 (-CH(OH)CE2-); Holladay et al ., 1983, Tetrahedron CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/188~5 ~ett. 24:4401-4404 (-C(OH)CH2-); and Hruby, 1982, Li~e Sci.
31:189-199 (-CH2-S-3.
The peptides of the invention are characterized by a structure contAinin~ two main elements or motifs: a reverse-turn region bracketed by two strands that form an anti-parallel ~-sheet. While not intending to be bound by theory, it is believed that the antimicrobial activity of the compounds of formula (I) is in part associated with such a core structure.
The ~-sheet region of the peptides comprises an N-strand (residues X1_CB) and a C-strand (residues C13_X18). The N-strand and C-strand are arranged anti-parallel to one another ~nd are non-covalently linked together via backbone-backbone hydrogen bonds (for a detailed description of the structure of ~-sheets the reader is referred to Creighton, lg93, Protein Structures and Molecular Pro~erties, W.H. Freeman and Co., NY, and references cited therein). While not int~n~;ng to be bound by theory, it is believed that the most important residues for ~-sheet formation are X5_CR and C13-X16.
Preferably, the ~-sheet region of the peptides is amphiphilic, i.e., one surface of the ~-sheet has a net hydrophobic character and the other surface has a net hydrophilic character. Referring to the ~-sheet structure illustrated in FIG. 7, the side chA; n~ of L-amino acid residues adjacent to one another intrastrand-wise (residues n, n+l, n+2, etc.) point in opposite directions so as to be positioned on opposite surfaces of the ~-sheet. The side chains of L-amino acid residues adjacent to one another interstrand-wise (residues n and c, n+1 and c+1, etc.) point in the same direction so as to be positioned on the same surface of the ~-sheet. Using this general structural motif an amphiphilic antiparallel ~-sheet is obtAi~e~ by selecting amino acids at each residue position so as to yield a ~-sheet having hydrophobic side ~hA; n~ positioned on one surface of the sheet and hydrophilic side ~hA; n~ positioned on the other.
--CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W ~ 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 of course, it will be appreciated that as the surfaces of the amphiphilic anti-parallel ~-sheet region need only have net hydrophobic or net hydrophilic character, each side chain comprising a particular surface need not be hydrophobic or hydrophilic. The surfaces may contain side chains that do not significantly alter the net character of the surface.
For example, both the hydrophobic and hydrophilic surfaces may contain small amino acid side ~hA; n~, as these side ch~; n~ do not significantly contribute to the net character of the surface.
The ~-sheet region of the peptides of formula I may contain from one to four cysteine-like amino acids, designated C6. c8, cl3 and Cl5, which may participate in interstrand disulfide bonds. Peptides that contain at least two cysteine-like amino acid residues may be in straight-chain or cyclic form, depending on the extent of disulfide bond formation. The cyclic forms are the result of the formation of disulfide linkages among all or some of the four invariant cysteine-li]~e amino acids. Cyclic forms of the invention include all possible permutations of disulfide bond formation. The straight-chain forms are convertible to the cyclic forms, and vice versa. Methods for forming disulfide bonds to create the cyclic peptides are well known in the art, as are methods to reduce disulfides to form the linear compounds.
The native forms of the protegrins contain two disulfide bonds; one between cysteine C6-Cls and another between cysteine C8-C13 (Harwig et al., 1995, J. Peptide Sci. 3:207).
Accordingly, in those embodiments having two disulfide linkages, the C6-C1s, C8-Cl3 form is preferred. Such peptides are designated "native" forms. However, it has been found that forms of the protegrins cont~;n;ng only one disulfide linkage are-active and easily prepared. Preferred among embodiments having only one disulfide linkage are those represented by C6-Cl5 alone and by C8-Cl3 alone.
Forms cont~;ning a C6-Cl5 disulfide as the only disulfide linkage are generally designated "bullet" forms of the CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 protegrins; those wherein the sole disulfide is C8-C13 are designated the "kite" forms. ~he bullet and kite forms can most conveniently be made by replacing each of the cysteine-lik~ amino acid residues at the positions that are not involved in a disulfide linkage with amino acids that do not participate in disulfide bonds, preferably with small amino acids such as glycine, serine, alanine or threonine.
Alternatively, C8 and/or Cl3 may be absent.
As the linear or "snake" forms of the native peptides have valuable activities, the peptides of the invention include linearized forms wherein the sulfhydryl (SH) groups are chemically stabilized with suitable reagents. As defined herein, "SH-stabilized" forms of the peptides of the invention contain sulfhydryl groups that have been reacted with st~n~rd reagents to prevent reformation of disulfide linkages or forms wherein the cysteine-like amino acid residues are replaced by other amino acids as set forth above. It is preferred that all four cysteine-like amino acid residues be SH-stabilized or replaced in order to 20 ini i ze the likelihood of the formation of intermolecular disulfide linkages.
~ he sulfur atoms involved in an interstrand disulfide bridge in a ~-sheet are not positioned within the plane defined by the interstrand backbone-backbone hydrogen-bonds;
the sulfur atoms are at an angle with respect to the ~-carbons of the bridged amino acid residues so as to be positioned on a surface of the ~-sheet. Thus, the sulfur atoms of the disulfide linkages contribute to the net hydrophilicity of a surface of the ~-sheet. It is to be understood that in the peptides of formula I a ~-s~eet region defined by the ~ollowing formula is specifically contemplated to fall within the definition of amphiphilic antiparallel sheet as described herein:
Cls-Xl~~Cl3 wherein C6, C8, Cl3 and Cl5 are each independently a cysteine-like amino acid, X7 and Xl4 are each independently a CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 hydropho~ic or small amino acid and ¦¦ is a disulfide bond.
In a particularly pre~erred ~ ho~; ~nt, C6 ~ C8 ~ C13 and C1s are each cysteine and X, and X14 are each independently hydrophobic amino acids.
The ~-sheet secondary structure illustrated in FIG. 7 is composed entirely of L-amino acids. Those having skill in the art will recognize that substituting an L-amino acid with its corresponding D-enantiomer at a specific residue position may disrupt the structural stability or ; ,h;ph; licity of amphiphilic anti-parallel ~-sheet region. The degree to which any particular enantiomeric substitution disrupts the structural stability or amphiphilicity depends, in part, on the size of the amino acid side chain and position of the residue within the ~-sheet. Preferably, the ~-sheet region of the peptides of formula I will contain mixtures of L- and D-amino acids that do not significantly affect the stability or amphiphilicity of the ~-sheet region as - -red to peptides containing the corresponding all D- or all L-enantiomeric forms of the sheet. Enantiomeric substitutions that do not substantially affect the stability or amphiphilicity of ~he ~-sheet region will be readily apparent to those havi.ng skill in the art.
In a preferred embod; -nt of the invention, hydrophobic, basic, polar/large and cysteine-like amino acids comprising the ~-sheet region are either all L-enantiomers or all D-enantiomers. Small amino acids comprising the ~-sheet region may be either L-enantiomers or D-enantiomers.
$he reverse-turn region of the peptides of formula I
(residues Xg-XlO-Xll-Xl2 taken together~ links the strands of the anti-parallel ~-sheet. Thus, the reverse-turn region comprises a structure that reverses the direction of the polypeptide chain so as to allow a region of the peptide to adopt an anti-parallel ~-sheet secondary structure.
The reverse-turn region of the molecule generally comprises two, three or four amino acid residues (residue Xg and/or X12 may be absent). An important feature of the illustrative protegrin peptides described herein is the W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 presence of a positive charge in the turn region of the molecule. Thus, one of Xg-X12, preferably two of Xg-Xl2, must be a basic amino acid. Such two, three and four amino acid se~ments capable of effecting a turn in a peptide are well known and will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the reverse-turn is a three amino acid residue r-turn. Virtually any ~-turn sequence known in the art may be used in the peptides described herein, including those described, for example, in Rose et ~1., 1985, Adv. Protein Chem. 37:1-109; Wilmer-White et al., 1987, Trends Biochem. Sci. 12:189-192; Wilmot et al., 1988, J. Mol. Biol. 203:221-232; Sih~n~ et al., 1989, J.
~ol. Biol ~ 759-777; and Tramontano et al., 1989, Proteins:
Struct. Funct. Genet. 6:382-394.
In another preferred embodiment the reverse-turn is a four amino acid residue ~-turn. In such structures, the two internal amino acid residues of the turn are usually not involved in the hydrogen-ho~; ng of the anti-parallel ~-sheet; the two amino acid residues on either side of the internal residues are usually included in the hydrogen-bonding of the ~-sheet. While not int~n~ing to be bound by theory, it is believed that such hydrogen ~onding helps stabilize the ~-sheet region of the molecule.
The conformations and sequences of many peptide ~-turns have been well-described in the art and include, by way of example and not limitation, type-I, type-I', type-II, type-II', type-III, type-III', type-IV, type-V, type-V', type-VIa, type-VIb, type-VII and type-VIII (see, Richardson, ls81, Adv. Protein Chem. 34:167-339; Rose et al., 1985, Adv.
Protein Chem. 37:1-109; Wilmot et al., 1988, J. Mol. Biol.
203:221-232; S;hAn~A et al., 1989, J. Mol. Biol. 206:759-777;
Tramontano et al., 1989, Proteins: Struct. Funct. Genet.
6:382-394). All of these types of peptide ~-turn structures and their corresponding sequences, as well as later discovered peptide ~-turn structures and sequences, are specifically contemplated by the invention.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 The specific con~ormations of short peptide turns such as ~-turns depend primarily on the positions of certain amino acid residues in the turn (usually Gly, Asn or Pro).
Generally, the type-I ~-turn is compatible with any amino acid residue at positions Xg through Xl2, except that Pro cannot occur at position X1l. Gly predominates at position X12 and Pro pre~ ;n~tes at position X10 of both type-I and type-II turns. Asp, Asn, Ser and Cys residues frequently occur at position X9, where their side chA-nR often hydrogen-bond to the NH of residue X11.
In type-II turns, Gly and Asn occur most frequently at position Xll, as they adopt the required backbone angles most easily. Ideally, type-I' turns have Gly at positions X10 and X11, and type-II' turns have Gly at position X10. Type-III
turns generally can have most amino acid residues, but type-III' turns usually re~uire Gly at positions Xl0 and Xl~.
Type-VIa and VIb turns generally have a cis peptide bond and Pro as an internal residue. For a review of the different types and sequences of ~-turns in proteins and peptides the reader is referred to Wilmot et al., 1988, J.
Mol. Biol. 203:221-232.
Preferred ~-turn sequences include those wherein Xg is a basic amino acid (preferably R, K, Orn or Dab) or a hydrophobic amino acid tpreferably W, F, Y or Cha); X10 is a basic amino acid (preferably R), a small amino acid (preferably MeGly) or proline; Xll is a basic amino acid (preferably R, K, Orn or Dab) or a hydrophobic amino acid (preferably W, F, Y o~ Cha); and Xl2 is a hydrophobic amino acid (preferably W, F, Y, I or Cha).
The protegrin peptides useful is the methods of the invention are generally basic, i.e., they have a net positive charge at physiological pH. While not int~n~;ng to be bound by theory, it is believed that the presence of positively charged amino acid residues, particularly in the turn region of the molecule, is important for antimicrobial activity.
It is understood that in a statistical collection of - individual amino acid residues in a structure such as a CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 peptide some of the amino acid residues will be positively charged, some negatively charged and some llnç~rged. Thus, some of the peptides will have a charge and some not. To fit the definition of "basic," an excess of amino acid residues in the peptide molecule are positively charged at physiological pH. Thus, approximately 15% but no more than up to about 50% of the amino acids must be basic amino acids, and the c _ _u..ds must have a net charge of at least +1 at physiological pH. Preferably, the illustrative peptides will have a net charge of at least ~3 at physiological pH.
For embodiments having as few as 10 amino acids, there may be only one basic amino acid residue; however, at least two basic residues, even in this short-chain residue, are preferred. If the protegrin peptide contains as many as 15 amino acid residues, two basic residues are required. It is preferred that at least 20% of the amino acids in the sequence be basic, with 30% basic amino acids being particularly preferred.
The amino terminus of the illustrative peptides may be in the free amino form or may be acylated by a group of the formula RCO-, wherein R represents a hydrocarbyl group of 1-25C, preferably l-lOC, more preferably 1-8C. The hydrocarbyl group can be saturated or unsaturated, straight chain, brAnche~ or cyclic, and is typically, for example, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexene-2-yl, hexene-3-yl, hexyne-4-yl, octyl, decyl, eicanosyl and the like.
Alternatively, the amino terminus may be substituted with aromatic y~u~S such as naphthyl, etc. Such peptides can be conveniently prepared by incorporating appropriate amino acids, such as l-naphthylalanine and 2-naphthylalanine at the N-te~ inll~ of the peptide.
The amino terminus of the peptides may also be substituted to use solute-specific trAn! hrane channels to facilitate their entry into the bacterial periplasm. For example, the peptides can be conveniently modified at the N-teL i n~ with catechol using catechol-NHS activated ester.
=
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 The C-terminus of peptides useful in the methods described herein may be in the form of the underivatized carboxyl group, either as the free acid or an acceptable salt, such as the potassium, sodium, calcium, magnesium, or other salt of an inor~anic ion or of an organic ion such as caffeine. The carboxyl terminus may also be derivatized by formation of an ester with an alcohol of the formula ROH, or may be amidated by an amine of the formula NH3, or RNH2 ~ or RzNH, wherein each R is independently hydrocarbyl of 1-25C as defined and with preferred embodiments as above. Amidated forms of the peptides wherein the C-terminus has the formula CONH2 are preferred.
Thus, certain illustrative protegrin peptides useful in the methods of the invention are peptides having the formula:
(I) Xl-x2-xl-x4-x5-c6-x7-c8-xg-xlo-xll-xl2-cl3-xl~-cl5-xl6-xl7-xl8 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and its defined modified forms wherein:
each of C8 and Cl3 is independently present or not present, and if present each is indep~n~ntly a cysteine-like, basic, small, polar/large or hydrophobic;
each of C6 and Cl5 is independently a cysteine-like, basic, small, polar/large or hydrophobic amino acid;
each of Xl-X5 is ;n~ep~ ~tly present or not present, and if present each is ;n~ep~n~ently a basic, hydrophobic, polar/large, or small amino acid;
each of X7 and Xl~ is independently a hydrophobic or a small amino acid;
each of Xg and Xl2 is independently present or not present;
Xg-Xl2 taken together are capable of effecting a reverse turn when contA;ne~ in the amino acid se~uence of formula (I) and at least one of Xg-Xl2 must be a basic amino acid;
each of Xl6-Xla is independently present or not present, and if present each is independently a basic, hydrophobic, polar/large or small amino acid;
CA 02238429 l998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 and wherein at least about 15% up to about 50% of the amino acids comprising said antimicrobial peptide are basic amino acids such that said antimicrobial peptide has a net charge of at least +1 at physiological pH.
In a preferred embodiment, the illustrative peptides have the formula:
(I) X1-X2-X3-X4-Xs-c6-x7-c8-x9-xlo-xll-xl2-cl3-xl4-cl5-xl6-xl7-xla or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
X1 is either present or absent, and if present is a basic amino acid;
X2 is either present or absent, and if present is a small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X3 iS either present or absent, and if present is a small or hydrophobic amino acid;
X4 is either present or absent, and if present is a small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
Xs is a small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
C6 iS a cysteine-like amino acid;
X7 is a small or hydrophobic amino acid;
C8 is a cysteine-like, small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
Xg is a basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X10 is a small or basic amino acid or proline;
Xl1 is a basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X12 is a hydLuphobic amino acid Cl3 i8 a cysteine-like, small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
Xl4 is a small or hydrophobic amino acid;
C15 iS a cysteine-like amino acid;
Xl6 is either present or absent, and i.f present is a hydrophobic amino acid;
Xl7 is either present or absent, and if present is a small amino acid; and Xl8 is either present or absent, and if present is a basic amino acid.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W ~ 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 Particularly preferred pèptides are those wherein Xl is R; X2 is absent or R, G or L; X3 iS absent or G, L, W or Cha;
X4 is absent or R, G or W; Xs is R, G, A, ~, V, W or Cha; C6 is C; X7 is A, Y, F or Cha; C8 is C, K, A or T; Xg is R, F, W, Y or L; X10 is R, G, MeGly or P, X1l is R, W, F or Cha; Xl2 is F, I, Y, W or Cha; C13 is C, K, A or T; X14 is G, A, V or F; X15 is C; X16 iS absent or V, F; X17 is absent or G; and X18 is absent or R.
In another particularly preferred ~ ho~; -~t of the invention, the peptide o~ ~ormula (I) is selected from the group consisting of:
(OM-l) RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:l) (OM-2) RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:2) (OM-3) RGGLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:3) (OM-4) RLLRACYCRXRFCVCVGR (X=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:4) (OM-5)RGGRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:5) (OM-6)RGGGLCYKRGWIKFCVGR (SEQ ID NO:6) (OM-7)RGWGLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:7) (OM-8)RLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:8) (OM-g)RGGGLCYTRPRFTVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:9) (OM-10) LCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:10) (OM-11) RWRLCYCRPRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:ll) (OM-12) RGWRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:12) (OM-13) RGWRACYCRPRFCACVGR (SEQ ID NO:13) (OM-14) GWRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:14) (OM-15) XCYCRRRFCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:15) (OM-16) WLCYCRRRFCVCV* (SEQ ID NO:16) (OM-17) RLCYCRXRFCVCV (X=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:17) (OM-18) RLCYCRPRFCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:18) (OM-lg) RGGGLCYCRPRFCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:l9) (OM-20) RXCFCRPRFCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:20) (OM-21) RWCFCRPRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:21) (OM-22) LCXCRRRXCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:22) (OM-23) RGGRLCYCRRRFCVC (SEQ ID NO:23) (OM-24) L~Y1~K~1VCV (SEQ ID NO:24) CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 (OM-25) RRCYCRRRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:25) (OM-26) RLCYCRRRFCVCV* (SEQ ID NO:26) (OM-27) RXRLCYCRZRFCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:27) (Z-MeGly) (OM-28) RGWRLCYCRGRXCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:28) (OM-29) RGLRXCYCRGRFCVCVGR ~X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:29) (OM-30) RGW~GCY~R~-~FKGCVGR (SE~ ID NO:3~) (OM-31) RGWRGCYCRXRFCGC (X=MeGly) (SEQ lD NO:31) (OM-32) RGGLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:32) (OM-33) RLLRLCYCRXRFCVCVGR (X=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:33) (OM-34) RGGRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:34) (OM-35) RGWRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:35) (OM-36) RGGRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:36) (OM-37) RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:37) (OM-38) RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:38) (OM-39) RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCV* (SEQ ID NO:39) (OM-40) WLCYCRRRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:40) (OM-41) RGGGLCYARGWIAFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:41) (OM-42) LCYCRRRFCVCVF (SEQ ID NO:42) (OM-43) RLCYCRPRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:43) (OM-44) RLCACRGRACVCV (SEQ ID NO:44) where peptides donted with * are acid forms and all others are amide forms.
Methods of Pre~aration Certain peptides useful in the methods of the invention, such as naturally occuring PG-l through PG-5 can be isolated from procine leukocytes as described in U.S. Patent No.
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S.
Serial No. 08/960,921 filed August 1, 1996, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/649,811 filed 17 May 1996, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/562,346 filed 22 November 1995, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/499,523 filed 7 July 1995, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/451,832 filed 26 May 1995 which claims priority from PCT/US94/08305 (Wo 95/03325) and which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/243,879 filed 17 May 1994, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/182,483 filed 13 January 1994, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S.
Serial No. 08/095,769 filed 26 July 1993, which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Serial No. 08/093,926 filed 20 July 1993. Benefit is cl~ under 35 U.S.C. ~ 120 with respect to U.S. Serial Nos. 08/960,921, 08/649,811 and 08/562,346. The contents of these applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
FIELD OF THE lNv~NllON
The present invention relates to the use of antimicrobial peptides to treat or prevent oral mucositis.
In particular, the present invention relates to the use of protegrin peptides and congeners thereof to treat oral mucositis in An; ~1~ including humans.
BACKGROUND OF THE lNv~NllON
Oral mucositis is a significant side effect of cancer therapy and bone marrow transplantation that is not ade~uately managed by current approaches (Sonis, 1993a, "Oral Complications," In: Cancer Medicine, pp. 2381-2388, Holland et al., Eds., Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia; Sonis, 1993b, "oral Complications in Cancer Therapy," In: Principles and Practice of Oncolo~y, pp. 2385-2394, DeVitta et al., Eds., CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97118827 PCTrUS96/18845 J.B. Lippincott, Philadelphia).' Oral mucositis is found in almost 100% of patients receiving chemotherapy and radiotherapy for head and neck tumors and in about so~ of children with leukemia. About 40% of patients treated with chemotherapy for other tumors develop oral problems during each exposure to the chemotherapeutic agent (Sonis, 1993b, supra). Additionally, approximately 75% of patients undergoing bone marrow transplantation, both autologous and allogeneic, develop mucositis (Woo et al., 1993, Cancer 72:1612-1617). Current estimates indicate that about 400,000 patients suffer from oral mucositis annually in the United States alone (Graham et al., 1993, Cancer Nursinq 16:117-122). Given that patients often receive multiple cycles of chemo- and/or radiotherapy, there are an estimated 1,000,000 incidences of oral mucositis per year in the United States.
The incidence of oral mucositis varies depending on the type of tumor, age of the patient, and state of oral health.
The therapies used in these different tumors are an important factor with the very aggressive chemotherapy protocols used in bone marrow transplant ~eing associated with a high incidence of oral mucositis. Younger patients have a higher incidence, which may be due to their more rapi~ epithelial cell turnover, and hence susceptibility to cytotoxic drugs (Sonis 1993a, supra).
~ncidence is also related to the choice of chemotherapeutic agent, with a~ents such as carmustine (BCNU~, chlorambucil (Leukeran), cisplatin (Platinol), Cytarabine, doxorubicin (Adriamycin), fluorouracil (5-~U), methoxetrate (Mexate) and plicamycin (Mithracin) being known ~or their direct stomatotoxic potential (Sonis, l9s3b~ supra) and hence incidence of oral mucositis. The increasing use of aggressive infusion protocols is also associated with an increased incidence o~ oral mucositis.
Oral mucositis is initiated by the cytotoxic effects of chemotherapy and/or radiotherapy on the rapidly dividing epithelial cells of the oropharyngeal mucosa, and is exacerbated by infection with ~oth endogenous oral flora and CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 opportunistic bacterial and fungal pathogens. Complications related to oral mucositis vary in the different patient populations affected, but include pain, poor oral intake with consequent dehydration and weight loss, and systemic infection with organisms originating in the oral cavity (Sonis, 1993b, supra). The pain associated with oral mucositis may be severe requiring narcotic analgesics, and the difficulty in eating can result in patients receiving total parenteral nutrition. The damaged oral epithelium and defective i c response often found in these patients offers a ready route for entry of org~n; ! C from the mouth into the systemic circulation. This is a major concern due to the potential for sepsis, and injectable antibiotics are used when signs of systemic infection are observed. Due to these complications, oral mucositis can be a dose-limiting toxicity of radiation or ch-~ -Lherapy treatment, resulting in ;n~equate therapy for the cancer.
A variety of approaches to the treatment of oral mucositis and associated oral infections have been tested with limited sllc~s~. For example, the use of an allopurinol mouthwash, an oral sucralfate slurry, and pentoxifylline were reported in prel; in~y studies to result in a decrease in mucositis. Subse~uent randomized and controlled studies, however, have failed to demonstrate any benefit to treatment with these agents (Loprinzi et al ., 1995 , Sem. Oncol.
22 SuP~le. 3):95-97; Epstein ~ Wong, 1994, Int. J. Radiation Oncoloav Biol. Phvs. 2~:693-698; Verdi et al ., 1995, Oral Surq. Oral Med. Oral Pathol. Oral Radiol. Endod. 80:36-42).
Other therapies have been directed at decreasing oral flora and the extent o~ infection of oral ulcerations.
Systemic treatment with G- and GM-CSF has been shown to result in a decreased incidence of oral mucositis, presumably by allowing for more rapid neutrophil recovery and thus an improved ability to combat infection, although it has been postulated that the CSFs may have a more direct effect on the oral mucosa (Chi et al., 1995, J. Clin. Oncol. 13:2620-2628).
In one study, GM-CSF was reported to exacerbate mucositis.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 - PCT~US96/1884S
(Cartee et al ., 1994, C~tokine 7:471-477). Benzydamine hydrochloride, a nonsteroidal drug with analgesic and antimicrobial properties, has been studied both in patients undergoing radiation therapy and in patients receiving intra-arterial chemotherapy ~Epstein et a} ., 1986, Oral Sura. Oral Med. Oral Pathol. 62:145-148; Epstein et al ., 1989, Int. J.
Radiation Oncoloqv Biol. PhYs. 16:1571-1~75).
Chlorhexidine, an antimicrobial mouth rinse, has also been used extensively in the treatment and prevention of oral lo mucositis (Ferretti et al., 1990, Bone Marrow Trans~lan.
3:483-493; Weifi~orf et al., 1989, Bone Marrow Trans~lan.
4:89-95). It has been noted however that the efficacy of chlorhexidine is significantly decreased in saliva, and that this compound is relatively ineffective against the Gram negative bacteria that tend to colonize the oral cavity in patients undergoing radiation therapy (Spijkervet et al., 1990, Oral Sur~. Oral Med. Oral Pathol. 69:444-449). In addition, at least one study has shown that the use of chlorhexidine may be detrimental and result in a higher incidence of mucositis (Foote et al., 1994, J. Clin Oncol.
12:2630-2633~.
Several studies have shown that the use of a vancomycin paste and antibiotic lozenges contA; n; n~ polymixin B, tobramycin and amphotericin B in patients undergoing myelosuppresive o~ ~~herapy or radiation therapy can result in a decrease in oral mucositis and in the incidence of sepsis due to alpha hemolytic streptococci (~arker et al., 1995, J. Ped. Hem. Oncol. 17:151-155; Spijkervet et al., 1991, ln: Irradiation Mucositis, Munksgaard Press, pp. 43-50). Despite the clear need for therapeutic agents to treatoral mucositis, no drugs are currently approved for this indication. As a result, there is no stAn~A~d treatment for this disorder.
Topical application of agents useful to treat oral ~ifi~es such as oral mucositis presents unique problems.
For example, due to salivation and/or food or ~luid intake, it is oftentimes extremely difficult to attain sufficient CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 mucoadhesion and residence time in the mouth for the agent to be effective. Topical application of peptides is even more problematic, as the peptides must be stable to proteolytic enzymes resident in saliva. Other difficulties associated with topical oral application of drugs include tooth discoloration and patient compliance. Oral formulations providing good mucoadhesion and residence time in the mouth while at the same time providing high levels of patient compliance are not readily available.
Hence, the availability of compositions and methods for treating oral mucositis which exhibit broad spectrum antimicrobial activity, good stability, mucoadhesion and residence time in the mouth and which yield high levels of patient compliance are extremely desirable, and are therefore ob~ects of the present invention.
SU~L~RY OF THE lNV~N'l'lON
These and other objects are provided by the present invention, which in one aspect relates to methods of treating and/or preventing oral mucositis with antimicrobial peptides.
The methods generally involve A~; n; ~tering to an ~ l in need thereof an ~ l~n~ of antimicrobial peptide effective to treat or prevent oral mucositis. Generally, antimicrobial peptides useful in the methods of the invention are protegrin peptides and/or congeners thereof. However, other broad spectrum antimicrobial peptides such as magA; n; n~ ~
dermaseptins, PGLa or XPF peptides, adrenoregulins, BPI
protein and peptides, caeruleins, perforins, insect defensins or sapecins, rabbit or ~uman cationic antimicrobial peptides (CAP-18), porcine myeloid antibacterial peptides (PMAP), aibellins, acerins, brevenins, esculentins, lactoferrins, cecropin-mellitin hybrids (CEMA peptides), bo h~n;n~
tachyplesins, polyphemusins and defensins may be used as well.
In one illustrative embodiment of the invention, protegrin peptides useful for the treatment or prophylaxis of oral mucositis are peptides having the formula:
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 (I) Xl-X2-X3-X4-Xs-c6-x7-c8-x9-xio-xll-xl2-cll-xl4-cl5-xl6-x~7-xl8 or pharmaceutical salts thereof, wherein: each of C8 and Cl3 is independently present or not present, and if present each is independently a cysteine-like, basic, small, polar/large or hydrophobic;
each of C6 and Cl5 is independently a cysteine-like, basic, small, polar/large or hydrophobic amino acid;
each of Xl-Xs is ;n~ep~nr1ently present or not present, and if present each is independently a basic, hydrophobic, polar/large, or small amino acid;
each of X7 and Xl4 is independently a hydrophobic or a small amino acid;
each of Xg and Xl2 is independently present or not present;
X9-Xl2 taken together are capable of effecting a reverse-turn when contained in the amino acid sequence of foL ~1~ (I) and at least one of Xg-Xl2 must be a basic amino acid;
each of X16-Xla is independently present or not present, and if present each is independently a basic, hydrophobic, polar/large or small amino acid;
and wherein at least about 1~% up to about 50~ of the amino acids comprising said antimicrobial peptide are basic amino acids such that said antimicrobial peptide has a net charge of at least +l at physiological pH.
Also contemplated for use in the methods of the invention are the N-teL inA1 acylated and/or C-terminal amidated or esterified forms of the peptides of formula (I), as well as linear or disulfide-bridged forms.
In another aspect, the present invention is directed to a pharmaceutical formulation suited to topical application of antimicrobial agents to the oral cavity of animals, including humans. The pharmaceutical formulation of the invention generally comprises an antimicrobial compound in admixture with a gel-like vehicle. The gel-like vehicle generally comprises a mixture of a water-soluble gelling agent and a CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 humectant, and may optionally contain other ingredients such as sweet~ni ng agents, preservatives, etc. The gel-like foL 11 ~tion provides superior mucoadhesion properties and residence time in the mouth, and has favorable moisten;n~ and flavor properties associated with high patient compliance.
The gel-like formulation is particularly suited for use with the methods described herein.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
FIG. 1 is a graphical representation of the effect of peptide OM-3 (SEQ ID NO:3) on colony forming units ('ICFUs'') of microflora in pooled normal human saliva;
FIG. 2 is a graphical representation of the effect of peptide OM-3 (SEQ ID NO:3) on reduction of oral flora in hamsters;
FIG. 3 is a graphical representation of the effect of peptide PG-1 (SEQ ID NO:1) treatment on oral mucositis in hamsters;
FIG. 4 is a graphical representation of the effect of peptide PG-1 (SEQ ID NO:l) treatment on the ~ody weight of hamsters with experimentally-induced oral mucositis;
FIG. 5 is a graphical representation of the effect of peptide OM-3 (SEQ ID NO:3) treatment on oral mucositis in hamsters;
FIG. 6 is a graphioal representation of the effect of peptide OM-3 (SEQ ID NO:3) treatment on the body weight of hamsters with experimentally-i n~l~ce~ oral mucositis; and FIG. 7 is an illustration of a peptide ~-sheet secondary structure.
DE~ATT~n DESCRIPTION OF THE lNv~NllON
The present invention relates to compositions and methods for the treatment or prevention of oral mucositis in ~ni ols, including humans. As discussed in the Summary of the Invention, oral mucositis develops in a significant number of cancer and bone marrow transplantation patients ~ receiving chemotherapy and/or radiotherapy.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PC'r~US96/18845 Complications related to oral mucositis vary in the different patient populations affected, but include, pain, poor oral intake with consequent dehydration and weight loss, and systemic infection with organisms originating in the oral cavity (Sonis, 1993b). The pain associated with oral mucositis may be severe requiring narcotic analgesics, and the difficulty in eating can result in patients receiving total parenteral nutrition. The damaged oral epithelium and defective immune response often found in these patients offers a ready route for entxy of orgAni! ~ from the mouth into the systemic circulation. This is a major concern due to the potential for sepsis, and injectable antibiotics are used when signs of systemic infection are observed. Due to these complications, oral mucositis can be a dose-limiting toxicity of radiation or chemotherapy treatment resulting in inade~uate therapy for the cAnc~r.
The oral cavity is colonized by a variety of org~ni~
including alpha and non-hemolytic streptococci, group D
streptococci, Corynebacterium species, staphylococci, lactobacilli, Neisseria species, BrAnh~ ?lla catarrhalis, ~emophilus parain~luenzae, Hemophilus influenzae, Acinetobacter species, Mycoplasma species, and spirochetes.
Anaerobic org~ni ! have been detected as well. Important potential pathogens such as S. rne~ ,niae, ~lebsiella pneumoniae, P. aeruglnosa, N. meningitidis, and Proteus mirabilis have also been identified in normal oral flora (Loesche, 1994, "Ecology of the Oral Flora," In: Oral MicrobioloqY and Immunoloqy, R.J. Nisengard and M.G. Newman, Eds., W.B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, pp. 307-315). Cancer patients have been observed to have increased numbers of orgAni~ . in the oral cavity most likely because of poor dental hygiene and xerostomia. These patients have also been shown to have a shift in the oral flora from pr~t~ ntly Gram positive orgAn;~ - to prt~t ;n~ntly Gram negative org~n; ~ (Sonis, 1993, "Oral Complications," In: Cancer Medicine, 3rd Edition, J.L. Holland et al., Eds., Lea and Febiger, Philadelphia, pp. 2381-2388; Spijkervet et al., -CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 1991, "Effect of Selective Elimination of the Oral Flora on Mucositis in Irradiated Head and Neck Cancer Patients," J.
Surq. Oncol. 46:167-173). All of these org~ni- ~, as well as viruses and fungi, may be involved in oral mucositis.
Thus, agents useful to treat oral mucositis must exhibit broad spectrum antimicrobial activity, particularly against Gram-negative microorganisms (Sonis, 1993, "Oral Complications of C~nc~r Therapy," In: Princi~les and Practice of Oncolo~v, V. DeVitta et al., Eds., J.B.
Lippincott, ph;l~Aelphia). Additional advantageous properties of agents u~eful to treat oral mucositis include fast kill kinetics and low frequency of microbial resistance.
Protegrin peptide~ are a recognized class of naturally occurring antimicrobial peptides that exhibit broad spectrum antimicrobial activity against Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria, yeast, ~ungi and certain viruses (for a review of the properties of protegrin peptides see, U.S.
Patent No. 5,464,823 and WO 95/03325 and references cited therein). To date, five different naturally occurring protegrin peptides have been identified, designated PG-1 through PG-5, having the following amino acid se~uences:
(PG-1) RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR
(PG-2) RGGRLCY~KKK~lCV
(PG-3) RGGGLCYCRRRFCVCVGR
(PG-4) RGGRLCYCRGEICFCVGR
(PG-5) RGGLCYCRPRFCVCVGR
Protegrins PG-1 through PG-5 are amidated at the C-te~ ;n~R
and have two disulfide linkages; one between C6 and C15 and another between C8 and C13.
Recently, a number of congeners of protegrin peptides have been designed (see U.S. Serial Nos. 08/451,832, 08/499,523, 08/562,346, 08/649,811 and 08/960,921). These protegrins, like the naturally occurring protegrins, exhibit broad spectrum antimicrobial activity.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 Quite unexpectedly, it has been discovered that antimicrobial peptides such as the protegrin peptides are capable of exhibiting broad spectrum antimicrobial activity against the normal oral flora of animals, as well as against 5 opportunistic pathogens associated with oral mucositis.
Importantly, this antimicrobial activity is effected within the natural environment of the oral cavity, particularly in saliva. Additionally, it was unexpectedly discovered that treatment with protegrins prevents the onset of mucositis.
10 Based on these surprising discoveries, it was sur3mised that such peptides would be effective to treat or prevent oral infections such as oral mucositis.
Treatment of oral mucositis with protegrins, especially with the compositions of the invention, provides ;myriad 15 advantages over other treatments. The protegrins exhibit antimicrobial activity against pathogens and opportunistic infections associated with mucositis, particularly against the Gram-negative bacteria observed in c~ncor patients.
Unlike v:lncl; ~cin and other antibiotics, protegrins kill oral 20 pathogens in minutes rather than hours, making them ideally suited for topical application in the mouth where it is difficult to achieve the long residence times necessary for other treatments to be effective. And unlike traditional antibiotics such as vancomycin, protegrins exhibit a low 25 frequency of resistance, making them ideally suited for treating infections such as oral mucositis.
The formulations of the invention provide myriad advantages as well. The compositions provide superior mucoadhesion, permitting the active ingredient to remain in 30 contact with the mucosa for long durations. Additionally, through the use of a humectant, the formulations act to moisten the oral mucosa, leading to higher patient compliance. The humectant also acts as a water barrier, preventing the treatment from being washed away by saliva or 35 other fluids. The vehicle also has a pleasant flavor, an important factor in achieving high patient compliance.
.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 The Compounds Antimicrobial peptides useful for treating or preventing oral mucositis according to the invention include virtually any broad spectrum antimicrobial peptides that exhibit efficacy agai~st pathogens associated with oral mucositis in the oral environment of the subject ~eing treated. Such antimicrobial peptides include, but are not limited to, cationic amphipathic peptides such as dermaseptins or derivatives or analogues thereof (Mor et al., lo 1991, Biochemistry 30:8824; Mor et al., 1991, Bioch~ trY
33:6642; Mor et al ., 1994, Eur. J. Biochem. 219:145);
magainin peptides or derivatives or analogues thereo~
(Zasloff, 1987, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 84:5449); PGLa or XPF peptides or derivatives or analogues thereof (Hoffman lS et al., 1983, EMBO J. 2:711; Andreu et al., 1985, Biochem. ~.
149:531; Gibson et al, 1986, J. Biol. Chem. 261:5341;
Giov~nn;ni et al., 19~37, Biochem. J. 243:113); CPF peptides (Richter et al., 1986, J. Biol. Chem. 261:3676; U.S. Patent No. 5,073,542)); adrenoregulins or derivatives or analogues thereof (Donly et al ., 1992, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
89:10960; Amiche et al ., 1993, Biochem. Bio~hys. Res. Commun.
191:983); perforins or derivatives or analogues thereof (Henkart et al., 1984, J. EXD. Med. 160:695); caerulein or - derivatives or analogues thereof (Richter et al., 1988, J.
Biol. Chem. 261:3676-3680; and Gibson et al., 1986, J. Biol.
C~em. 261:5341-5349); Bacterial/Permeability-Increasing Protein (BPI) or peptide derivatives or analogues thereof (Ooi et al ., 1987, J. Biol. Chem. 262:14891-14898; Qi et al., 1994, Biochem. J. ~:771-718; Gray and Haseman, 1994, Infec~ion and Immunit~ 62:2732-2739; Little et al ., 1994, J.
Biol. Chem. 269:1865-1872; and ~.S. Patent No. 5,348,942);
insect defensins (also called sapecins) or analogues or derivatives thereof (Alvarez-Bravo et al., 1994, Biochem. J.
302:535-538; Yamada and Natori, 1994, Biochem. J. 298:623-628; Kum et al., 1994, FEBS Letters 342:189-192; Shimoda et al., 1994, FEBS Letters 339:59-62; Yamada and Natori, 1993, Biochem. J. 291:275-279; Homma et al ., 1992, Biochem. J.
W Q 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 288:281-284; Hanzawa et al., 1990, FEBS Letters 269:413-420;
Kuzuhara et al ., 1990, Biochem. ~. 107:514-518; Matsuyama and Natori, 1990, Biochem. J. 108:128-132; U.S. Patent No.
5,107,486; European Patent No. 303,859; European Patent No.
280,859; U.S. Patent No. 5,008,371; U.S. Patent No.
5,106,735; and U.S. Patent No. 5,118,789); rabbit or human FALL-39/CAP-18 (Cationic Antimicrobial Protein) or analogues or derivatives therecf (PCT Application WO 94/02589 and references cited therein; Agerberth et al., 1995, Proc. Natl.
Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 92:195-199; Larrick et al., 1991, Biochem.
BioPhYs. Res. Cc n. 179:170-175; Hirata et al ., 1990, Endotoxln: Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology (Herman Friedman, T.W. Xlein, Masayasu Nakano, and Alois Nowotny, eds.); Tossi et al ., 1994, FEBS Letters 339:108-112;
Larrick et ~1., 1994, J. Immunol. 152:231-240; Hirata et al., 1994, Infection and T ity 62:1421--1426; and Larrick et al., 1993, Antimicrobial Aqents and Chemothera~Y 37:2534-2539; PMAP (Porcine Myeloid Antibacterial Peptide) or analogues or derivatives thereof (Zanetti et al ., 1994, ~.
Biol. Chem. 269:7855-7858; Storici et al., 1994, FE~S Letters 37:303-307; and Tossi et al., 1995, Eur. J. Biochem. 228:941-948); aibellin or analogues or derivatives thereof (Hino et al., 1994, J. Dairy Sci. 77:3426-3461; Kumazawa et al., 1994, ~ Antibiot. 47:1136-1144; and Hino et al ., 1993, J. Dairy Sci. 76:2213-2221); caerin or analogues or derivatives thereof (Stone et al ., 1992, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans.
1:3173-3178; and PCT W0 92/13881, published August 20, 1992);
bombinin or analogues or derivatives thereof (Simmaco et al ., 1991, Eur. J. Biochem. 199:217_222 and Gibson et al., 1991, J. Biol. Chem. 266:23103-23111); brevenin or analogues or derivatives thereof (Morikawa et al., 1g92, Biochem. Bio~hvs.
Res. C~ . l89:l84-lso; and Japanese Patent Application No.
6,080,695A); esculetin or analogues or derivatives thereof (Simmaco et al., 1993, FE~3S letters 324:159-161; and Simmaco et al., 1994, J. Biol. Chem. 269:11956-11961); lactoferrin or analogues or derivatives thereof (U.S. Patent No. 5,317,084;
U.S. Patent No. 5,304,633; European Patent Application No.
, ~
519,726 A2; European Patent Application No. 503,939 A1; PCT
Application W0 93/22348, published November 11, 1993; PCT
Application W0 9o/13642; and Tomita et al., In: Lactoferrin - Structure and ~unction, Hutchens, T.W., et al., Eds., Plenum Press, N~, 1994, pp. 209-218); C~MA peptides or analogues or derivatives thereof (PCT Application Wo 94/04688, published March 3, 1994); tachyplesins and analogues of tachyplesins such as polyph~- ~ins (N~kA ~ra et al., 1988, J. Biol. Chem.
263:16709-16713; Miyata et al., 1989, J. Biochem. 106:663~
668), defensins (Lehrer et al., 1991, Cell 64:229-230; Lehrer et al ., 1993, Ann. Rev. Immun~l. 11:105-128; U.S. Patent No.
4,705,777; U.S. Patent No. 4,659,692; U.S. Patent No.
4,543,252), ~-defensins (Selsted et al., 1993, J. Biol. Chem.
288:6641-6648; Diamond et al., 1991, Proc. Natl. Acad. sci.
U.S.A. 88:3952-3958), and protegrins (Kokryakov et al., 1993, FEBS 337:231-236; Zhao et al ., 1994, ~E~S Letters 346:285-288; Migorodskaya et al., 1993, FE8S 330:339-342; Storici et al., 1993, Biochem. Bio~hYs. Res. Commun. 196:1363-1367; Zhao et al ., 1994, FEBS Le~t. 346:285-288; Manzoni et al., 1996, F~RS Lett. 383:93--98; U.S. Patent No. 5,464,823).
Particularly preferred peptides are protegrin peptides, such as those described, for example in U.S. Patent No.
5,464,823, W0 95/03325, and U.S. Serial Nos. 08/451,832, 08/499,523, 08/562,346, 08/649,811 and 08/960,921. Thus, peptides suitable for use with the methods described herein will either be known to those of skill in the art or will be easily identified by way of tests commonly employed in the art, such as, for example, the tests provided in the examples. Generally, antimicrobial peptides useful in the methods of the invention will have ; n; 1~ inhibitory concentrations (MICs) against Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria of less than about 128 ~g/mL, preferably less than about 64 ~g/mL and most preferably less than about 32 ~g/mL
as measured using the assays provided in the Examples.
Alternatively, or in addition to, useful peptides will generally exhibit at least a two log reduction in oral colony W O 97/18827 PCl'AUS96/18845 ~orming units (CFUs) in saliva in 15 minutes at a peptide concentration of about 0.001% (w/w) to 5% (w/w).
In one illustrative embodiment of the invention, protegrin peptides useful for the treatment or prophylaxis of oral mucositis are peptides having the formula:
(I) Xl-X2-X3-X4-Xs-c6-x7-c8-x9-xlo-xll-x~2-cl3-xl4-c~-xl6-xl7-xls and its defined modified forms.
The designation Xn in each case represents an amino acid at the specified position in the peptide. Similarly, the designation Cn represents an amino acid at the specified position and further represents those positions in the peptides of formula (I) which may optionally contain amino acid residues capable of forming disulfide interlinkages.
The amino acid residues denoted by Xn or Cn may be the genetically encoded L-amino acids, naturally occurring non-genetically encoded L-amino acids, synthetic L-amino acids or D-enantiomers of all of the above. The amino acid notations used herein for the twenty genetically encoded L-amino acids and common non-encoded amino acids are conventional and are as follows:
One-Lettor Common Amino Acid 8yobol Abbroviation ~1 Ani n~ A Ala Arginine R Arg Aaparagine N A3n A~partic ~cid D A3p Cy~teine C Cys Glutamine Q Gln Glutamic acid E ,Glu Glycine G Gly Histidine H Hi~
I~oleucine I Ile Leucine L Leu Ly~ine K Ly~
CA 02238429 l998-05-22 On--Letter Co on A ino Acid Sy~bol Abbreviation Melhion;n~ M Net Phenyl~l~nin~ F Phe Proline P Pro Serine S Ser Threonine T Thr Tryptophan W Trp Tyro8ine Y Tyr Valine v Val Ornithine O Orn 0 ~ nine~ bAla 2,3-~ii ;nnpropionic Dpr acid ~- inoi80buLy~ic acid Aib N-methylglycine Me&ly (~arcosine) Citrulline Cit t-butyl A 1 ~n i n~ t-BuA
t-butylglycine t-BuG
N-methylisoleucine MeIle phenylglycine Phg cyclohexyl~l ~n i n~ Cha Norleucine Nle 1-naphthyl~l ~n i n~ 1-Nal 2-naphthyl~l ~ n i n~ 2-Nal 4-chlo.oyhEny 1~1 ~n i n~ Phe(4-C1) 2-fluoroyheny~ n i n~ Phe(2-F) 3 - f 1UOL~h "Y1~1~ nin~ Phe(3-F) 4-fluo~h~.. yl~l~ n i n~ Phe(4-F) PenLcill: in~ Pen 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro- Tic isoquinoline-3-carboxylic acid ~-2-thienyl~l~ n i n~ Thi Me~ h j on i n~ ~ul fox ideMSO
Homoarginine Har N-acetyl lyuine AcLy~
W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 OnR-L~tt-r Co;.non A~ino Acid 8ymbol Abbr~viatio~
2 ~ 4 - ~ i r i ~ butyric D~u acid p-aminophenyl~l ~ni n~ Phe(pNH2) N-methylvaline MeVal Homocysteine hCy~
- ine hSer ~-amino hex~noic acid Aha ~-amino valeric ~cid Av~
2 ~ 3~ i n~ l.yL ic acid Dba Illustrative compounds useful in the methods of the invention are peptides which are partially defined in terms of amino acid residues of designated classes. Amino acid residues can be generally subclassified into major subclasses as follows:
Acidic: The residue has a negative charge due to loss of H~ ion at physiological pH and the residue is attracted by ~queous solution so as to seek the surface positions in the conformation of a peptide in which it is cont~; ne~ when the peptide is in aqueous medium at physiological pH.
Basic: The residue has a positive charge due to association with H' ion at physiological pH and the residue is attracted by aqueous solution so as to seek the surface positions in the conformation of a peptide in which it is contained when the peptide is in aqueous medium at physiological pH.
H~droPhobic: The residues are not charged at physiological pH and the residue is repelled by aqueous solution so as to seek the inner positions in the conformation of a peptide in which it is cont~i ne~ when the peptide is in aqueous medium.
Polar/lar~e: The residues are not charged at physiological pH, but the residue is not sufficiently repelled by aqueous solutions so that it would necessarily seek an inner position in the conformation of the peptide in which it is contained when the peptide is in agueous medium.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 Depending on the conditions, and on the remaining amino acids in the sequence, the residue may reside either in the inner space or at the surface of the protein.
CYsteine-Like: Residues having a side chain capable of participating in a disulfide linkage. Thus, cysteine-like amino acids generally have a side chain cont~i n; ng at least one thiol (SH) group, such as cysteine, homocysteine, penicillamine, etc.
Small: certain neutral amino acids having side r-hA; n~:
that are not suf~iciently large, even if polar groups are lacking, to confer hydrophobicity. "Small" amino acids are those with four carbons or less when at least one polar group is on the side chain and three carbons or less when not.
The gene-encoded secondary amino acid proline (as well as proline-like imino acids such as 3-hydroxyproline and 4-hydroxyproline) is a special case due to its known effects on the secondary conformation of peptide chains, and is not therefore, included in a group.
It is understood, of course, that in a statistical collection of individual residue mol~c~les some molecules will be charged, and some not, and there will be an attraction for or repulsion from an aqueous medium to a greater or lesser extent. To fit the definition of "charged," a significant percentage (at least approximately 25%) of the individual molecules are charged at physiological pH. The degree of attraction or repulsion required for classification as polar or nonpolar is arbitrary and, therefore, amino acids specifically contemplated by the invention have been classified as one or the other. Most amino acids not specifically named can be classified on the basis of known behavior.
Amino acid residues can be further subclassified as cyclic or noncyclic, and aromatic or nonaromatic, self-explanatory classifications with respect to the side-chain substituent groups of the residues.
Certain ~. ~nly encountered amino acids which are not genetically encoded of which the peptides of the invention CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~JS96/18845 may be composed include, but are not limited to, ~-alanine (b-Ala) and other omega-amino acids such as 3-aminopropionic acid, 2,3-diaminopropionic acid (Dpr), 4-aminobutyric acid and so forth; ~-aminoisobutyric acid (Aib); ~-aminohexanoic acid (Aha); ~-aminovaleric acid (Ava); N-methylglycine or sarcosine (MeGly); ornithine (Orn); citrulline (Cit);
t-~utylalanine (t-BuA); t-butylglycine (t-BuG);
N-methylisoleucine (MeIle); phenylglycine (Phg);
cyclohexylalanine (Cha); norleucine (Nle); 1-naphthylalanine (1-Nal); 2-naphthylalanine (2-Nal); 4-chlorophenylalanine (Phe(4-Cl)); 2-~luorophenylalanine (Phe(2-F)); 3-fluorophenylalAnin~ (Phe(3-F)); 4-fluorophenylalanine (Phe(4-F)); penicillamine (Pen); 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroiso~uinoline-3-carboxylic acid (Tic); ~-2-thienylalanine (Thi); methionine sul~oxide (MSO); homoarginine (Har); N-acetyl lysine (AcLys);
2,3-diaminobutyric acid (Dab); 2,4-~;~ inobutyric acid (Dbu);
p-aminophenylAlAn;ne (Phe(pNH2)); N-methyl valine (MeVal);
homocysteine (hCys) and homoserine (hSer). These amino acids also fall conveniently into the categories defined above.
The classifications of the above-described genetically encoded and non-encoded amino acids are ~l ~rized in Table 1, below. It is to be understood that Table 1 is for illustrative purposes only and does not purport to be an exhaustive list of amino acid residues that may comprise the illustrative peptides described herein.
WO 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 T~bl~ l Amino Aci~ Classifications ~ ication G~n~tically ~n~o~-' t- Ga~LiCallr Hydrophobic Y, V, I, L, M, F, W Phg, l-Nal, 2-Nal, Thi, Tic, Phe(4-Cl), Phe(2-F), Phe~3-F)~ Phe(4-F), t-BuA, t-BuG, MeIle, Nle, MeVal, Cha Acidic D, E
Basic H, K, R Dpr, Orn, hArg, Phe(p-NH2 ), Dbu, Dab Polar/Large Q, N Cit, AcLy~, MSO
Small G, S, A, T bAla, MeGly, Aib, hSer Cy~teine-Like C Pen, hCy~
In the peptides of formula I, the symbol "-" between amino acid residues ~ and/or Cn generally designates a backbone inter~inkage. Thus, the symbol "-" usually designates an amide linkage (-C(O)-NH). It is to be understood, however, that in many of the peptides useful in the methods of the invention one or more amide linkages may optionally be replaced with a linkage other than amide. Such linkages include, but are not limited to, -CH2NH-, -CH2S-, -CH2CH2, -CH=CH- (cis and trans), -C(O)CH2-, -CH(OH)CH2- and -CH2SO-.
Peptides having such linkages and methods for preparing such peptides are well-known in the art (see, e.g., Spatola, 1983, Veaa Data 1(3) (general review); Spatola, 1983, "Peptide Ba~khone Modifications" In: Chemistrv and BiochemistrY of Amino Acids Pe~tides and Proteins (Weinstein, ed.), Marcel Dekker, New York, p. 267 (general review);
Morley, 1980, Trends Pharm. Sci. 1:463-468; Hudson et al., 1979, Int. J. Prot. Res. 14:177-185 (-CH2NH-, -CH2CH2-);
Spatola et al., 1986, Life Sci. 38:1243-1249 (-CH2-S); Hann, 1982, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. I. 1:307-314 (-CH=CH-, cis and trans); Alm~uist et al., 1980, J. Med. Chem. 23:1392-1398 (-COCH2-); Jennings-White et al., Tetrahedron. Lett. 23:2533 (-COCH2-); European Patent Application EP 45665 (1982) ~ CA:97:39405 (-CH(OH)CE2-); Holladay et al ., 1983, Tetrahedron CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/188~5 ~ett. 24:4401-4404 (-C(OH)CH2-); and Hruby, 1982, Li~e Sci.
31:189-199 (-CH2-S-3.
The peptides of the invention are characterized by a structure contAinin~ two main elements or motifs: a reverse-turn region bracketed by two strands that form an anti-parallel ~-sheet. While not intending to be bound by theory, it is believed that the antimicrobial activity of the compounds of formula (I) is in part associated with such a core structure.
The ~-sheet region of the peptides comprises an N-strand (residues X1_CB) and a C-strand (residues C13_X18). The N-strand and C-strand are arranged anti-parallel to one another ~nd are non-covalently linked together via backbone-backbone hydrogen bonds (for a detailed description of the structure of ~-sheets the reader is referred to Creighton, lg93, Protein Structures and Molecular Pro~erties, W.H. Freeman and Co., NY, and references cited therein). While not int~n~;ng to be bound by theory, it is believed that the most important residues for ~-sheet formation are X5_CR and C13-X16.
Preferably, the ~-sheet region of the peptides is amphiphilic, i.e., one surface of the ~-sheet has a net hydrophobic character and the other surface has a net hydrophilic character. Referring to the ~-sheet structure illustrated in FIG. 7, the side chA; n~ of L-amino acid residues adjacent to one another intrastrand-wise (residues n, n+l, n+2, etc.) point in opposite directions so as to be positioned on opposite surfaces of the ~-sheet. The side chains of L-amino acid residues adjacent to one another interstrand-wise (residues n and c, n+1 and c+1, etc.) point in the same direction so as to be positioned on the same surface of the ~-sheet. Using this general structural motif an amphiphilic antiparallel ~-sheet is obtAi~e~ by selecting amino acids at each residue position so as to yield a ~-sheet having hydrophobic side ~hA; n~ positioned on one surface of the sheet and hydrophilic side ~hA; n~ positioned on the other.
--CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W ~ 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 of course, it will be appreciated that as the surfaces of the amphiphilic anti-parallel ~-sheet region need only have net hydrophobic or net hydrophilic character, each side chain comprising a particular surface need not be hydrophobic or hydrophilic. The surfaces may contain side chains that do not significantly alter the net character of the surface.
For example, both the hydrophobic and hydrophilic surfaces may contain small amino acid side ~hA; n~, as these side ch~; n~ do not significantly contribute to the net character of the surface.
The ~-sheet region of the peptides of formula I may contain from one to four cysteine-like amino acids, designated C6. c8, cl3 and Cl5, which may participate in interstrand disulfide bonds. Peptides that contain at least two cysteine-like amino acid residues may be in straight-chain or cyclic form, depending on the extent of disulfide bond formation. The cyclic forms are the result of the formation of disulfide linkages among all or some of the four invariant cysteine-li]~e amino acids. Cyclic forms of the invention include all possible permutations of disulfide bond formation. The straight-chain forms are convertible to the cyclic forms, and vice versa. Methods for forming disulfide bonds to create the cyclic peptides are well known in the art, as are methods to reduce disulfides to form the linear compounds.
The native forms of the protegrins contain two disulfide bonds; one between cysteine C6-Cls and another between cysteine C8-C13 (Harwig et al., 1995, J. Peptide Sci. 3:207).
Accordingly, in those embodiments having two disulfide linkages, the C6-C1s, C8-Cl3 form is preferred. Such peptides are designated "native" forms. However, it has been found that forms of the protegrins cont~;n;ng only one disulfide linkage are-active and easily prepared. Preferred among embodiments having only one disulfide linkage are those represented by C6-Cl5 alone and by C8-Cl3 alone.
Forms cont~;ning a C6-Cl5 disulfide as the only disulfide linkage are generally designated "bullet" forms of the CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 protegrins; those wherein the sole disulfide is C8-C13 are designated the "kite" forms. ~he bullet and kite forms can most conveniently be made by replacing each of the cysteine-lik~ amino acid residues at the positions that are not involved in a disulfide linkage with amino acids that do not participate in disulfide bonds, preferably with small amino acids such as glycine, serine, alanine or threonine.
Alternatively, C8 and/or Cl3 may be absent.
As the linear or "snake" forms of the native peptides have valuable activities, the peptides of the invention include linearized forms wherein the sulfhydryl (SH) groups are chemically stabilized with suitable reagents. As defined herein, "SH-stabilized" forms of the peptides of the invention contain sulfhydryl groups that have been reacted with st~n~rd reagents to prevent reformation of disulfide linkages or forms wherein the cysteine-like amino acid residues are replaced by other amino acids as set forth above. It is preferred that all four cysteine-like amino acid residues be SH-stabilized or replaced in order to 20 ini i ze the likelihood of the formation of intermolecular disulfide linkages.
~ he sulfur atoms involved in an interstrand disulfide bridge in a ~-sheet are not positioned within the plane defined by the interstrand backbone-backbone hydrogen-bonds;
the sulfur atoms are at an angle with respect to the ~-carbons of the bridged amino acid residues so as to be positioned on a surface of the ~-sheet. Thus, the sulfur atoms of the disulfide linkages contribute to the net hydrophilicity of a surface of the ~-sheet. It is to be understood that in the peptides of formula I a ~-s~eet region defined by the ~ollowing formula is specifically contemplated to fall within the definition of amphiphilic antiparallel sheet as described herein:
Cls-Xl~~Cl3 wherein C6, C8, Cl3 and Cl5 are each independently a cysteine-like amino acid, X7 and Xl4 are each independently a CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 hydropho~ic or small amino acid and ¦¦ is a disulfide bond.
In a particularly pre~erred ~ ho~; ~nt, C6 ~ C8 ~ C13 and C1s are each cysteine and X, and X14 are each independently hydrophobic amino acids.
The ~-sheet secondary structure illustrated in FIG. 7 is composed entirely of L-amino acids. Those having skill in the art will recognize that substituting an L-amino acid with its corresponding D-enantiomer at a specific residue position may disrupt the structural stability or ; ,h;ph; licity of amphiphilic anti-parallel ~-sheet region. The degree to which any particular enantiomeric substitution disrupts the structural stability or amphiphilicity depends, in part, on the size of the amino acid side chain and position of the residue within the ~-sheet. Preferably, the ~-sheet region of the peptides of formula I will contain mixtures of L- and D-amino acids that do not significantly affect the stability or amphiphilicity of the ~-sheet region as - -red to peptides containing the corresponding all D- or all L-enantiomeric forms of the sheet. Enantiomeric substitutions that do not substantially affect the stability or amphiphilicity of ~he ~-sheet region will be readily apparent to those havi.ng skill in the art.
In a preferred embod; -nt of the invention, hydrophobic, basic, polar/large and cysteine-like amino acids comprising the ~-sheet region are either all L-enantiomers or all D-enantiomers. Small amino acids comprising the ~-sheet region may be either L-enantiomers or D-enantiomers.
$he reverse-turn region of the peptides of formula I
(residues Xg-XlO-Xll-Xl2 taken together~ links the strands of the anti-parallel ~-sheet. Thus, the reverse-turn region comprises a structure that reverses the direction of the polypeptide chain so as to allow a region of the peptide to adopt an anti-parallel ~-sheet secondary structure.
The reverse-turn region of the molecule generally comprises two, three or four amino acid residues (residue Xg and/or X12 may be absent). An important feature of the illustrative protegrin peptides described herein is the W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 presence of a positive charge in the turn region of the molecule. Thus, one of Xg-X12, preferably two of Xg-Xl2, must be a basic amino acid. Such two, three and four amino acid se~ments capable of effecting a turn in a peptide are well known and will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the reverse-turn is a three amino acid residue r-turn. Virtually any ~-turn sequence known in the art may be used in the peptides described herein, including those described, for example, in Rose et ~1., 1985, Adv. Protein Chem. 37:1-109; Wilmer-White et al., 1987, Trends Biochem. Sci. 12:189-192; Wilmot et al., 1988, J. Mol. Biol. 203:221-232; Sih~n~ et al., 1989, J.
~ol. Biol ~ 759-777; and Tramontano et al., 1989, Proteins:
Struct. Funct. Genet. 6:382-394.
In another preferred embodiment the reverse-turn is a four amino acid residue ~-turn. In such structures, the two internal amino acid residues of the turn are usually not involved in the hydrogen-ho~; ng of the anti-parallel ~-sheet; the two amino acid residues on either side of the internal residues are usually included in the hydrogen-bonding of the ~-sheet. While not int~n~ing to be bound by theory, it is believed that such hydrogen ~onding helps stabilize the ~-sheet region of the molecule.
The conformations and sequences of many peptide ~-turns have been well-described in the art and include, by way of example and not limitation, type-I, type-I', type-II, type-II', type-III, type-III', type-IV, type-V, type-V', type-VIa, type-VIb, type-VII and type-VIII (see, Richardson, ls81, Adv. Protein Chem. 34:167-339; Rose et al., 1985, Adv.
Protein Chem. 37:1-109; Wilmot et al., 1988, J. Mol. Biol.
203:221-232; S;hAn~A et al., 1989, J. Mol. Biol. 206:759-777;
Tramontano et al., 1989, Proteins: Struct. Funct. Genet.
6:382-394). All of these types of peptide ~-turn structures and their corresponding sequences, as well as later discovered peptide ~-turn structures and sequences, are specifically contemplated by the invention.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 The specific con~ormations of short peptide turns such as ~-turns depend primarily on the positions of certain amino acid residues in the turn (usually Gly, Asn or Pro).
Generally, the type-I ~-turn is compatible with any amino acid residue at positions Xg through Xl2, except that Pro cannot occur at position X1l. Gly predominates at position X12 and Pro pre~ ;n~tes at position X10 of both type-I and type-II turns. Asp, Asn, Ser and Cys residues frequently occur at position X9, where their side chA-nR often hydrogen-bond to the NH of residue X11.
In type-II turns, Gly and Asn occur most frequently at position Xll, as they adopt the required backbone angles most easily. Ideally, type-I' turns have Gly at positions X10 and X11, and type-II' turns have Gly at position X10. Type-III
turns generally can have most amino acid residues, but type-III' turns usually re~uire Gly at positions Xl0 and Xl~.
Type-VIa and VIb turns generally have a cis peptide bond and Pro as an internal residue. For a review of the different types and sequences of ~-turns in proteins and peptides the reader is referred to Wilmot et al., 1988, J.
Mol. Biol. 203:221-232.
Preferred ~-turn sequences include those wherein Xg is a basic amino acid (preferably R, K, Orn or Dab) or a hydrophobic amino acid tpreferably W, F, Y or Cha); X10 is a basic amino acid (preferably R), a small amino acid (preferably MeGly) or proline; Xll is a basic amino acid (preferably R, K, Orn or Dab) or a hydrophobic amino acid (preferably W, F, Y o~ Cha); and Xl2 is a hydrophobic amino acid (preferably W, F, Y, I or Cha).
The protegrin peptides useful is the methods of the invention are generally basic, i.e., they have a net positive charge at physiological pH. While not int~n~;ng to be bound by theory, it is believed that the presence of positively charged amino acid residues, particularly in the turn region of the molecule, is important for antimicrobial activity.
It is understood that in a statistical collection of - individual amino acid residues in a structure such as a CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 peptide some of the amino acid residues will be positively charged, some negatively charged and some llnç~rged. Thus, some of the peptides will have a charge and some not. To fit the definition of "basic," an excess of amino acid residues in the peptide molecule are positively charged at physiological pH. Thus, approximately 15% but no more than up to about 50% of the amino acids must be basic amino acids, and the c _ _u..ds must have a net charge of at least +1 at physiological pH. Preferably, the illustrative peptides will have a net charge of at least ~3 at physiological pH.
For embodiments having as few as 10 amino acids, there may be only one basic amino acid residue; however, at least two basic residues, even in this short-chain residue, are preferred. If the protegrin peptide contains as many as 15 amino acid residues, two basic residues are required. It is preferred that at least 20% of the amino acids in the sequence be basic, with 30% basic amino acids being particularly preferred.
The amino terminus of the illustrative peptides may be in the free amino form or may be acylated by a group of the formula RCO-, wherein R represents a hydrocarbyl group of 1-25C, preferably l-lOC, more preferably 1-8C. The hydrocarbyl group can be saturated or unsaturated, straight chain, brAnche~ or cyclic, and is typically, for example, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexene-2-yl, hexene-3-yl, hexyne-4-yl, octyl, decyl, eicanosyl and the like.
Alternatively, the amino terminus may be substituted with aromatic y~u~S such as naphthyl, etc. Such peptides can be conveniently prepared by incorporating appropriate amino acids, such as l-naphthylalanine and 2-naphthylalanine at the N-te~ inll~ of the peptide.
The amino terminus of the peptides may also be substituted to use solute-specific trAn! hrane channels to facilitate their entry into the bacterial periplasm. For example, the peptides can be conveniently modified at the N-teL i n~ with catechol using catechol-NHS activated ester.
=
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 The C-terminus of peptides useful in the methods described herein may be in the form of the underivatized carboxyl group, either as the free acid or an acceptable salt, such as the potassium, sodium, calcium, magnesium, or other salt of an inor~anic ion or of an organic ion such as caffeine. The carboxyl terminus may also be derivatized by formation of an ester with an alcohol of the formula ROH, or may be amidated by an amine of the formula NH3, or RNH2 ~ or RzNH, wherein each R is independently hydrocarbyl of 1-25C as defined and with preferred embodiments as above. Amidated forms of the peptides wherein the C-terminus has the formula CONH2 are preferred.
Thus, certain illustrative protegrin peptides useful in the methods of the invention are peptides having the formula:
(I) Xl-x2-xl-x4-x5-c6-x7-c8-xg-xlo-xll-xl2-cl3-xl~-cl5-xl6-xl7-xl8 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and its defined modified forms wherein:
each of C8 and Cl3 is independently present or not present, and if present each is indep~n~ntly a cysteine-like, basic, small, polar/large or hydrophobic;
each of C6 and Cl5 is independently a cysteine-like, basic, small, polar/large or hydrophobic amino acid;
each of Xl-X5 is ;n~ep~ ~tly present or not present, and if present each is ;n~ep~n~ently a basic, hydrophobic, polar/large, or small amino acid;
each of X7 and Xl~ is independently a hydrophobic or a small amino acid;
each of Xg and Xl2 is independently present or not present;
Xg-Xl2 taken together are capable of effecting a reverse turn when contA;ne~ in the amino acid se~uence of formula (I) and at least one of Xg-Xl2 must be a basic amino acid;
each of Xl6-Xla is independently present or not present, and if present each is independently a basic, hydrophobic, polar/large or small amino acid;
CA 02238429 l998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 and wherein at least about 15% up to about 50% of the amino acids comprising said antimicrobial peptide are basic amino acids such that said antimicrobial peptide has a net charge of at least +1 at physiological pH.
In a preferred embodiment, the illustrative peptides have the formula:
(I) X1-X2-X3-X4-Xs-c6-x7-c8-x9-xlo-xll-xl2-cl3-xl4-cl5-xl6-xl7-xla or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
X1 is either present or absent, and if present is a basic amino acid;
X2 is either present or absent, and if present is a small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X3 iS either present or absent, and if present is a small or hydrophobic amino acid;
X4 is either present or absent, and if present is a small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
Xs is a small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
C6 iS a cysteine-like amino acid;
X7 is a small or hydrophobic amino acid;
C8 is a cysteine-like, small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
Xg is a basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X10 is a small or basic amino acid or proline;
Xl1 is a basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X12 is a hydLuphobic amino acid Cl3 i8 a cysteine-like, small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
Xl4 is a small or hydrophobic amino acid;
C15 iS a cysteine-like amino acid;
Xl6 is either present or absent, and i.f present is a hydrophobic amino acid;
Xl7 is either present or absent, and if present is a small amino acid; and Xl8 is either present or absent, and if present is a basic amino acid.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W ~ 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 Particularly preferred pèptides are those wherein Xl is R; X2 is absent or R, G or L; X3 iS absent or G, L, W or Cha;
X4 is absent or R, G or W; Xs is R, G, A, ~, V, W or Cha; C6 is C; X7 is A, Y, F or Cha; C8 is C, K, A or T; Xg is R, F, W, Y or L; X10 is R, G, MeGly or P, X1l is R, W, F or Cha; Xl2 is F, I, Y, W or Cha; C13 is C, K, A or T; X14 is G, A, V or F; X15 is C; X16 iS absent or V, F; X17 is absent or G; and X18 is absent or R.
In another particularly preferred ~ ho~; -~t of the invention, the peptide o~ ~ormula (I) is selected from the group consisting of:
(OM-l) RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:l) (OM-2) RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:2) (OM-3) RGGLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:3) (OM-4) RLLRACYCRXRFCVCVGR (X=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:4) (OM-5)RGGRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:5) (OM-6)RGGGLCYKRGWIKFCVGR (SEQ ID NO:6) (OM-7)RGWGLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:7) (OM-8)RLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:8) (OM-g)RGGGLCYTRPRFTVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:9) (OM-10) LCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:10) (OM-11) RWRLCYCRPRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:ll) (OM-12) RGWRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:12) (OM-13) RGWRACYCRPRFCACVGR (SEQ ID NO:13) (OM-14) GWRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:14) (OM-15) XCYCRRRFCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:15) (OM-16) WLCYCRRRFCVCV* (SEQ ID NO:16) (OM-17) RLCYCRXRFCVCV (X=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:17) (OM-18) RLCYCRPRFCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:18) (OM-lg) RGGGLCYCRPRFCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:l9) (OM-20) RXCFCRPRFCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:20) (OM-21) RWCFCRPRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:21) (OM-22) LCXCRRRXCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:22) (OM-23) RGGRLCYCRRRFCVC (SEQ ID NO:23) (OM-24) L~Y1~K~1VCV (SEQ ID NO:24) CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 (OM-25) RRCYCRRRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:25) (OM-26) RLCYCRRRFCVCV* (SEQ ID NO:26) (OM-27) RXRLCYCRZRFCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:27) (Z-MeGly) (OM-28) RGWRLCYCRGRXCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:28) (OM-29) RGLRXCYCRGRFCVCVGR ~X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:29) (OM-30) RGW~GCY~R~-~FKGCVGR (SE~ ID NO:3~) (OM-31) RGWRGCYCRXRFCGC (X=MeGly) (SEQ lD NO:31) (OM-32) RGGLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:32) (OM-33) RLLRLCYCRXRFCVCVGR (X=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:33) (OM-34) RGGRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:34) (OM-35) RGWRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:35) (OM-36) RGGRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:36) (OM-37) RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:37) (OM-38) RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:38) (OM-39) RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCV* (SEQ ID NO:39) (OM-40) WLCYCRRRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:40) (OM-41) RGGGLCYARGWIAFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:41) (OM-42) LCYCRRRFCVCVF (SEQ ID NO:42) (OM-43) RLCYCRPRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:43) (OM-44) RLCACRGRACVCV (SEQ ID NO:44) where peptides donted with * are acid forms and all others are amide forms.
Methods of Pre~aration Certain peptides useful in the methods of the invention, such as naturally occuring PG-l through PG-5 can be isolated from procine leukocytes as described in U.S. Patent No.
5,464,823. All of the peptides can be chemically synthesized using st~n~Ard art-known tech~iques. The N- and/or C-terminus can be derivatized, again using conventional chemical t~hn iques. The compounds of the invention may optionally contain an acyl group, preferably an acetyl group at the amino terminus. Methods for acetylating or, more generally, acylating, the free amino group at the N-terminus =
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 are generally known in the art; in addition, the N-terminal amino acid may be supplied in the synthesis in acylated form.
At the carboxyl terminus, the carboxyl group may, of course, be present in the form of a salt; in the case of pharmaceutical compositions this will be a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, as previously described. The carboxyl tel ~ nU~ may also be esterified using alcohols of the fOL 11 ROH wherein R is hydrocarbyl (1-6C) as defined above.
Similar}y, the carbox~l terminus may be amidated so as to have the formula -CON~2, -CONHR, or -CONR2, wherein each R is independently hydrocarbyl (1-6C) as herein de~ined.
Techniques for esterification and amidation as well as neutralizing in the pr~C~nce of base to form salts are all stAn~Ard organic chemical te~hniques.
Pre~erred methods of synthesis of peptides having a C-terminal amide are provided in the Examples.
Formation of disulfide linkages, if desired, is conducted in the presence of mild oxidizing agents. Chemical oxidizing agents may ~e used, or the compounds may simply be exposed to the oxygen of the air to effect these linkages.
Various methods are known in the art. Processes useful for disulfide bond formation have been described by Tam, J.P. et al., Svnthesis (1979) 955-957; Stewart, J.M. et al., Solid Phase Pe~tide SYnthesis, 2d Ed. Pierce Chemical C- -ny Rockford, IL (1984); ~hmed A.K. et al., ~ Biol Chem (1975) 250:8477-8482 and p~nn;ngton M.W. et al., Peptides 1990, E.
Giralt et al., ESCOM Leiden, The Netherlands (1991) 164-166.
An additional alternative is described by KA h~r, B. et al., Helv Chim Acta (1980) 63:899-915. A method conducted on solid supports is described by Albericio Int ~ Pept Protein Res (1985) 26:92-97. A particularly preferred method is solution oxidation using moleclllAr oxygen, as described in the Examples.
Alternatively, the sulfhydryl y~u~s of cysteine-like amino acids can be stabilized by reacting with alkylating agents using well-known methods.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96118845 If the peptide backbone is comprised entire}y of gene-encoded amino acids, or if some portion of it is so composed, the peptide or the relevant portion may also be synthesized using recombinant DNA techniques. The DNA encoding the peptides of the invention may itself be synthesized using c -~cially available e~uipment; codon choice can be integrated into the synthesis dep~n~i ng on the nature of the host.
Recombinantly produced forms of the protegrins may require su~sequent derivatization to modify the N- and/or C-ter in~ and, depending on the isolation procedure, to effect the formation of disulfide bonds as described hereinabove. Dep~n~;ng on the host organism used for recombinant production and the ~n; -1 source from which the protein is isolated, some or all of these conversions may already have been effected.
For recombinant production, the DNA encoding the protegrins of the invention is included in an expression system which places these co~i ng se~l~nc~s under control of a suitable promoter and other ~.lLLol se~lenc~s compatible with an intended host cell. Types of host cells available span almost the entire range of the plant and Ani -1 kingdoms.
Thus, the protegrins of the invention could be produced in bacteria or yeast (to the extent that they can be produced in a nontoxic or refractile form or utilize resistant strains) as well as in animal cells, insect cells and plant cells.
Tn~e~ modified plant cells can be used to regenerate plants contAin;ng the relevant expression systems so that the resulting transgenic plant is capable of self protection vis-~-vis these infective agents.
Suitable recombinant methods and expression systems will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
~inistration The methods of the invention generally involve topically applying to the oral cavity of the subject being treated an amount of antimicrobial protegrin peptide CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 effective to treat or prevent oral mucositis. A
therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of protegrin peptide sufficient to result in amelioration of symptoms associated wi.th oral mucositis and/or in a reduction in the mouth of the sub~ect of the n-~mher colony forming units ("CFUs") of flora associated with oral mucositis as compared to the number of CFUs observed prior to treatment.
~ypically, a reduction of CFUs on the order of 3-4 log is considered to be therapeutically effective, however, even reductions on the order of 1-2 log may provide significant amelioration of symptoms, and hence therapeutic benefit.
It has been discovered that in addition to providing therapeutic benefit to patients suffering from oral mucositis, the protegrins are particularly effective when used prophylactically. Thus, a therapeutically effective dose also refers to an amount of protegrin peptide sufficient to prevent the onset of oral mucositis. Accordingly, the prophylactic use of protegrin peptides in patients at risk for developing oral mucositis, such as those receiving chemotherapy or radiotherapy, is an important aspect of the invention.
For any protegrin peptide a therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from in vitro tests such as, for example, MICs and saliva kill kinetics. Initial dosages can also be estimated from in vivo data, e.~ n; ~1 models, using t~chn; ques that are well known in the art. A
particularly effective preclinical ~n; ~1 model for estimating dosages ef~ective to treat or prevent oral mucositis is the hams~er model (Sonis et al ., 1990, oral Sura. Oral Med. Oral Pathol. 69:437-443; Sonis et al., 1995, Oral Qncol. Eur. J. C~nc~r 31B:261-266). one having ordinary skill in the art could readily optimize a~r; n; stration to humans based on ~ni ~1 data, especially in light of the detailed disclosure herein.
In general, the protegrin peptides will be most beneficial when applied to the oral cavity before oral - mucositis occurs. Thus, in general, treatment will begin CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 when a patient is considered to be at high risk for developing mucositis. Of course, whether and when a patient is considered to be at high ris~ will ~lepen~ on such factors as the age of the patient, the aggressiveness of the chemo-or radiotherapy, the type of tumor or cancer being treated,and the chemotherapeutic agent being used. A treating physician will be able to determine when a particular patient is at high risk for developing mucositis. However, the protegrin peptides may be applied when the patient begins to feel oral inflammation, or even after lesions have appeared.
As will be discussed in more detail below, the protegrins will typically be ~ ini~tered in the form of a topical oral formulation. such formulations will generally comprise about 0.001% (w/w) to 2.5% (w/w) active ingredient;
however, concentration ranges such as 0.005% (w/w) to 0.75%
(w/w) or even 0.03% (w/w) to 0.3% (w/w) are expected to be effective.
The protegrins may be applied topically several times per day, d~p~n~;ng in part on the concentration of the applied dose and the fre~uency of food and fluid intake by the patient. Thus, depending on the particular circumstances, the protegrins may be applied 2, 3, 4 or even as many as 6 times per day. A saline rinse prior to each application and restriction of food and fluid intake for at least 30 minutes and up to about several hours after application may enh~ncr~ the effectiveness of treatment.
Preferably, the protegrin treatment will be ~t ;n; ~tered for about ~-4 weeks, but treatment regimens as short as 3-4 days may also provide prophylactic or therapeutic bene*it. In some instances, it may be desirable to treat the patient for the entire period during which the patient receives chemotherapy and/or radiotherapy.
The actual amount of antimicrobial peptide ~( i n; stered as well as the dosing schedule of peptide ~, ;n;stered will, of course, depend on factors such as the age of t~e patient, the severity of the affliction, the aggressiveness of -CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 chemotherapy or radiotherapy being pursued, and, of course, on the judgement of the prescribing physician.
The protegrins can be a~ in;stered singly or in admixture with other protegrins or antimicrobial peptides or other agents, including, for example, p~;nkillers (lidocaine, etc.) or anti-inflammatories.
Formulation Typically, the peptides are applied to the oral lo cavity in the form of a topical pharmaceutical formulation.
Formulations suitable for topical oral application include oral emulsions, magmas, gels, swishes, lozenges, pastes, creams, oral solutions, gums, etc., as are well known in the art. Any of these topical oral vehicles can be used in conjunction with the ~ethods of the invention. Exact formulations, as well as methods of their preparation, will be apparent to those of skill in the art (see, e.g., Ansel et al., 1995, Pharmaceutical Dosa~e Forms and Druq Delivery, Williams & W; lk;n~, Malvern, PA; Remin~ton's Pharmaceutical Sciences, latest edition, Mack Publ; 5h;ng CO., Easton, PA).
In a preferred ~ho~; -nt of the invention, the peptides are ~( inistered in a topical gel-like foL -l~tion comprising about 0.001% (w/w) to 2.5% (w/w), preferably about 0.005%
(w/w) to 0.75% (w/w), more preferably about 0.03% ~w/w) to 0.3~ (w/w) and most preferably about 0.025% (w/w) to 0.15%
(w/w) active peptides(s) in admixture with a gel-like vehicle. The gel-like vehicle generally comprises a water-soluble gelling agent~ a humectant and water, and has a viscosity of about 500 to 100,000 cps, preferably about 10,000 to 50,000 cps, more preferably about 15,000 to 30,000 cps and most preferably about 20,000 to 25,000 cps as measured with a Brookfield viscometer at apout 25~C. The gelling agent provides the formulation with good mucoadhesion properties; the humectant with good moisturizing and moisture-barrier propertie~.
Gelling agents suitable for use with the vehicle of the invention include, e.g., agar, bentonite, ca-b~ -r (e.g., CA 02238429 l998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 carbopol), water soluble cellulosic polymers (e.g., carboxyalkyl cellulose, hydroxyalkyl cellulose, alkyl cellulose, hydroxyalkyl alkylcellulose), povidone, kaolin, tragacanth and veegum, with hyd~o~ylalkyl alkyl celluloses such as hydrox~ ~yl methylcellulose being preferred.
Humectants suitable for use with the gel-like vehicle of the invention include, e.~., glycerin, propylene glycol and sorbitol, with sorbitol being preferred.
Generally, the vehicle comprises about 0.1% (w/w) to 10%
(w/w) water-soluble gelling agent, with about 0.25% (w/w) to 5% (w/w) being preferred and about 0.5% (w~w) to 3% (w/w) being most preferred and about 0.1% (w/w) to 20~ (w/w) humectant. However, as the viscosity of the gel-like vehicle is of considerable importance, it will be understood that the above concentration ranges are for guidance only. The actual concentration of gelling agent will depend, in part, on the polymer selected, the supplier and the specific lot number.
The actual concentrations of other ingredients will likeise affect the viscosity of the gel-like formulation. Choosing appropriate concentrations to yield a gel-like formulation with the desirable viscosity and other properties described herein is within the capabilities of ordinarily skilled artisans.
Additionally, the gel-like vehicle of the invention may include antimicrobial preservatives. Antimicrobial preservatives useful with the compositions of the invention include, but are not limited to, antifungal preservatives such as benzoic acid, alkylparabens, sodium benzoate and sodium propionate; and antimicrobial preservatives such as benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzyl alcohol, cetylpyridinium chloride, chlorobutanol, phenol, phenylethyl alcohol, phenylmercuric nitrate and th i ?rOSal, with alkylparabens such as methylparaben, propylparaben and mixtures thereof being preferred.
An ~ ullL of antimicrobial preservative(s~ effective for use with the formulations of the invention will be apparent to those of skill in the art and will ~epen~, in part, on the CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W ~ 97/18827 PCTAJS96118845 antimicrobial agent(s) used. Typical concentrations range from about 0.01% (w/w) to about 2% (w/w).
The composition of the invention may also contain from about 1% (w/w) to 10% (w/w) of a sweetening agent such as aspartame, dextrose, glycerin, malitol, mannitol, saccharin sodium, sorbitol, sucrose and xylitol. Such sweeten; ng agents are believed to aid patient compliance.
of course, the pH of the composition will depend on the active ingredient(s~ contained in the composition.
Determination of an optimal pH for stability and effectivity is well within the skill of the ordinary artisan.
Other optional ingredients that can be used without deleteriously affecting, and in some cases even enhancing, the efficacy of the formulations of the invention include, but are not limited to, acidifying agents such as acetic acid, citric acid, fu~aric acid, hydrochloric acid, lactic acid and nitric acid; alkAl;n;zing agents such as A
solution, - ~n; um carbonate, diethanolamine, monoethanolamine, potassium hydroxide, sodium borate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, triethanol~ ;ne and trolamine;
buffering agents such as potassium met~phosphate, potassium phosphate, sodium acetate and sodium citrate; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxytoluene, hypophosphorous 2s acid, monothioglyceride, propyl gallate, sodium ascorbate, sodiu~ bisulfite, sodium formaldehyde sulfoxylate and sodium metabisulfite; chelating agents such as edetate disodium and edetic acid; colorants such as FD&C Red No. 3, FD~C Red No.
20, FD&C Yellow No. 6, FD&C Blue No. 2, D&C Green No. 5, D&C
orange No. 5, caramel and ferric oxide, red; and flavoring agents such as anise oil, c;nnA ~~ oil, cocoa, menthol, orange oil, pepp~mint oil vanillin. Suitable concentrations for use will be apparent to those of skill in then art.
Other optional ingredients, as well as suitable concentrations for use, can be found, for example, in Reminqton's Pharmaceutical Sciences, latest edition, Mac~
Publ;shing Co., Easton, PA.
_ CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 ~XAMPLE 1: ~YntheSiS of Pe~tides PG-l and OM-3 This Example describes preferred methods of synthesizing peptides of the invention having a C-terminal amide.
1.1 SYnthesis of Linear Peptide Linear amidated forms of peptides PG-l and OM-3 were synthesized on a Fmoc Rink amide solid support resin (Bachem) using Fmoc ch~ try on an automated ABI 433 peptide synthesizer (ABD, Perkin Elmer, Foster City, CA) according to the manufacturer's st~nd~rd protocols. Cleavage of the crude product from the resin was carried out in 10 mL of thioanisole:EDT:TFA (1:1:9) for 2 hours at room temperature.
Crude cleavage product was precipitated with t-butyl methyl ether, filtered and dried.
1.2 Formation of Disulfide Linkaqes The crude linear peptide was dissolved in DMSO and added to 20 mM ammonium acetate, pH 7. The final concentration of peptide was about 1-8 mg/mL, the pH ranged from 7.0-7.2 and the DMSO concentration ranged from about 5-20%. The solution was stirred overnight at room temperature, and the pH of the solution was adjusted to pH 5 with concentrated acetic acid.
The oxidized peptide was loaded onto a preparative reverse-phase HPLC column ~Vydac C18, 2.2cm X 25cm, Cat. No.
218TP101522), the column was washed with buffer (10% v/v acetonitrile, 0.1% v/v TFA in water) until absorbance of the effluent (measured at 235 cm) reached baseline and the pure product was eluted at 10 mL/min. using the following buffers and gradient:
Gradient Time (min.) Buffer A (~) Buffer B (%) Gradient ~ 90 10 linear 82 18 linear 68 32 linear linear W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 Buffer A- 0.10% (v/v) aqueous TFA;
Buffer B= 0.08% (v/v) TFA in acetonitrile.
Fractions were analyzed by analytical HPLC. Fractions containing the desired disulfide-bridged peptide were pooled, the acetonitrile stripped and the resultant aqueous solution lyophilized to dryness. The sequence of the disulfide-bridged peptide was confirmed by mass spectrometry.
EXAMPLE 2: PreParation of HYdro~Y~o~lmethylcellulose (HPMC) Gel For~l~lation This Example provides preferred methods for preparing the preferred topical formulations of the invention.
A topical gel of OM-3 cont~;n;ng the following ingredients was prepared as follows:
Inqredient Percent (w/w) OM-3 1.0 Sorbitol solution (70%) USP 10.0 Xylitol NF 3.0 20 Hydro~y~L~l methylcellulose USP 2.0 Lactic acid USP 0.1 Methylparaben NF 0.18 Propylparaben NF 0.02 Purified Water USP q.s. 100 lN. sodium hydroxide or pH 4.2 + 0.2 lN hydrochloric acid q.s.
Methylparaben and propylparaben were dissolved in hot aqueous lactate buffer solution (pH 4.2). Hydroxy~yl methylcellulose (HPMC) was dispersed in the hot solution followed by addition of sorbitol, xylitol and aqueous OM-3.
The mixture was cooled to room temperature, h~C--;ng viscous with cooling.
EXAMPLE 3: In Vitro Antimicrobial Assa~s This Example describes preferred assays for identifying protegrin peptides useful in the methods of the invention. Unless otherwise indicated, all in vitro assay W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 data reported herein was obtained using the methods described below.
The ~ollowing equipment, reagents, stock solutions and cultures are used in the assays that follow.
Microorqanisms: ~scherlchia coli ML-35p and vancomycin-resistant Enterococcus ~aecium (VREF) were obtained from Dr.
~obert Lehrer (UCLA, see also, Lehrer et al., 1988, J.
Im~unol. Methods 108:153) and Dr. Gary Schoolnik (Stanford), respectively. Pseudo-_n~.c aeruginosa ~ATCC 9027), Candlda albicans (ATCC 1023), methicillin sensitive S. aureus (ATCC
19636), R. pne~moni~e (ATCC 9997), S. marcesceus (ATCC
13880), S. salivarius (ATCC 31067), and methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus (ATCC 33591) were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, MD. P.
mirabilis was an isolated strain obtA ~ n~ from the cheek pouch of a hamster.
Microorg~ni ~ from other sources, such as, for example, clinical isolates, can be used interchangeably with the Zo above-descri~ed microorganisms in the assays described herein.
Media and Reaqents:
TrYpticase Sov Aqar (TSA; Becton-Dickinson, Cockeysville, MD, BBL #4311768): dissolve 40 g in 1 Liter deionized water, autoclave 121~C, 20 minutes.
TrYpticase SoY Broth (TSB; Becton-Dickinson, Cockeysville, MD, BBL #4311768): dissolve 30 g in 1 Liter deionized water, autoclave 121~C, 20 minutes, and store at room t~ ~-rature.
2X TrvPticase SoY Broth (2X TSB): dissolve 60 g in 1 Liter deionized water, autoclave 121~C, 20 minutes, and store at room temperature.
GlYcerol (20% v/v~: mix 20 mL glycerol with 80 mL
deionized water, Filter sterili~e with 0.20 ~ filter and store at room temperature.
W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 Monobasic ~hos~hate buffer (100 mM~: dissolve 13.7 g sodium phosphate monobasic (Fisher #S368-500) in 1 Liter deionized water. Filter sterilize with 0.20 ~ filter and store at room t~ _Arature.
Dibasic ~hosphate buffer (100 mM): dissolve 14.2 g sodium phosphate dibasic (Fisher #S374-500) in 1 Liter deionized water. Filter sterilize with 0.45 ~ filter and store at room temperature.
Phos~hate-buffered saline (PBS; 10 mM phosphate, 100 mM NaCl, pH 7.4): mix 15 mL dibasic phosphate buffer (100 mM), 5 mL onohAsic phosphate buffer (100 mM), 4 mL NaC1 (5 M) and 176 mL deionized water. Adjust pH if nec~ss~ry, filter sterilize with 0.45 ~ filter and store at room temperature.
Phos~hate buffer (100 mM, pH 6.5): mix 40 mL
dibasic phosphate buffer (100 mM) with 160 mL monobasic phosphate buffer (100 mM). Adjust pH if necessary, filter sterilize with 0.45 ~ filter and store at room t~- -rature.
Liauid Testinq Medium (LTM): aseptically combine the following sterile ingredients: 10 mL Phosphate buffer (100 mM, pH 6.5), 1.0 mL TSB, 2 mL NaCl (5 M) and 87 mL
deionized water. Store at room temperature.
Acetic acid (0.01% v/v): mix 10 ~L acetic acid with 100 mL sterile deionized water.
Aqarose: mix 1 g agarose (Sigma #S6013) in 80 mL
deionized water, autoclave 121~C, 20 minutes.
Aqarose Underlay Medium: combine 10 mL Phosphate buffer (100 mM, pH 6.5), 1.0 mL TSB, 2 mL NaCl (5 M) and 7 mL
deionized water with 80 mL t~ ~red (50~C) agarose.
2X TSB Aqarose Overlay Medium: dissolve 60 g TSB
and 10 g agarose in 1 Liter deionized water, aliquot 100 mL
per bottle, autoclave 121~C, 20 minutes, and store at room temperature.
Pre~aration of Microoraanism Slants: Each strain was cultured on TSA. Isolated colonies were transferred into TSB
(10 mL in a sterile 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask) using a sterile, W O 97/18827 PC~US96/18845 disposable loop and the flask incubated at 37~C (bacteria) or 30~C (yeast) with shaking (200 RPM) for 16-18 hours.
Broth cultures were diluted 1:1 with 20% sterile glycerol and stored as 1.0 mL aliquots at -800C. For daily inocula, liquid was transferred from a thawed vial using a sterile loop and then spread onto the surface of ~SA slants.
The screw capped tubes were incubated overnight and stored at 40C for up to one month.
PreParation of Inoculum:
1. Remove the cap from tube and lightly touch a sterile loop to the area of heavy growth on the TSA slant.
2. Inoculate 10 mL of TSB (50 mL flask) and incubate the flask in a sh~k;ng water bath for 18 hours (overnight) at 37~C (bacteria) or 30~C (yeast) at 200 RPM.
3. In a cuvette, dilute 50 ~L of the overnight culture 1:20 with TSB and measure the absorbance at 600nm (A600) using TSB as a reference. The A600 of the diluted culture should be between 0.1-0.4.
4. In a 250 mL Erlenmeyer flask, dilute 50~L of the overnight culture 1:1000 with TSB (bacteria) or l:100 with TSB (yeast).
5. Incubate the flask in a .ch~killg water bath at 370C (bacteria) or 30~C (yeast) at 200 RPM for approximately 2-3 hours until log-phase is reached, i.e. until the A600 of the culture is between 0.200 and 0.400 without further dilution.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 are generally known in the art; in addition, the N-terminal amino acid may be supplied in the synthesis in acylated form.
At the carboxyl terminus, the carboxyl group may, of course, be present in the form of a salt; in the case of pharmaceutical compositions this will be a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, as previously described. The carboxyl tel ~ nU~ may also be esterified using alcohols of the fOL 11 ROH wherein R is hydrocarbyl (1-6C) as defined above.
Similar}y, the carbox~l terminus may be amidated so as to have the formula -CON~2, -CONHR, or -CONR2, wherein each R is independently hydrocarbyl (1-6C) as herein de~ined.
Techniques for esterification and amidation as well as neutralizing in the pr~C~nce of base to form salts are all stAn~Ard organic chemical te~hniques.
Pre~erred methods of synthesis of peptides having a C-terminal amide are provided in the Examples.
Formation of disulfide linkages, if desired, is conducted in the presence of mild oxidizing agents. Chemical oxidizing agents may ~e used, or the compounds may simply be exposed to the oxygen of the air to effect these linkages.
Various methods are known in the art. Processes useful for disulfide bond formation have been described by Tam, J.P. et al., Svnthesis (1979) 955-957; Stewart, J.M. et al., Solid Phase Pe~tide SYnthesis, 2d Ed. Pierce Chemical C- -ny Rockford, IL (1984); ~hmed A.K. et al., ~ Biol Chem (1975) 250:8477-8482 and p~nn;ngton M.W. et al., Peptides 1990, E.
Giralt et al., ESCOM Leiden, The Netherlands (1991) 164-166.
An additional alternative is described by KA h~r, B. et al., Helv Chim Acta (1980) 63:899-915. A method conducted on solid supports is described by Albericio Int ~ Pept Protein Res (1985) 26:92-97. A particularly preferred method is solution oxidation using moleclllAr oxygen, as described in the Examples.
Alternatively, the sulfhydryl y~u~s of cysteine-like amino acids can be stabilized by reacting with alkylating agents using well-known methods.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96118845 If the peptide backbone is comprised entire}y of gene-encoded amino acids, or if some portion of it is so composed, the peptide or the relevant portion may also be synthesized using recombinant DNA techniques. The DNA encoding the peptides of the invention may itself be synthesized using c -~cially available e~uipment; codon choice can be integrated into the synthesis dep~n~i ng on the nature of the host.
Recombinantly produced forms of the protegrins may require su~sequent derivatization to modify the N- and/or C-ter in~ and, depending on the isolation procedure, to effect the formation of disulfide bonds as described hereinabove. Dep~n~;ng on the host organism used for recombinant production and the ~n; -1 source from which the protein is isolated, some or all of these conversions may already have been effected.
For recombinant production, the DNA encoding the protegrins of the invention is included in an expression system which places these co~i ng se~l~nc~s under control of a suitable promoter and other ~.lLLol se~lenc~s compatible with an intended host cell. Types of host cells available span almost the entire range of the plant and Ani -1 kingdoms.
Thus, the protegrins of the invention could be produced in bacteria or yeast (to the extent that they can be produced in a nontoxic or refractile form or utilize resistant strains) as well as in animal cells, insect cells and plant cells.
Tn~e~ modified plant cells can be used to regenerate plants contAin;ng the relevant expression systems so that the resulting transgenic plant is capable of self protection vis-~-vis these infective agents.
Suitable recombinant methods and expression systems will be apparent to those of skill in the art.
~inistration The methods of the invention generally involve topically applying to the oral cavity of the subject being treated an amount of antimicrobial protegrin peptide CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 effective to treat or prevent oral mucositis. A
therapeutically effective dose refers to that amount of protegrin peptide sufficient to result in amelioration of symptoms associated wi.th oral mucositis and/or in a reduction in the mouth of the sub~ect of the n-~mher colony forming units ("CFUs") of flora associated with oral mucositis as compared to the number of CFUs observed prior to treatment.
~ypically, a reduction of CFUs on the order of 3-4 log is considered to be therapeutically effective, however, even reductions on the order of 1-2 log may provide significant amelioration of symptoms, and hence therapeutic benefit.
It has been discovered that in addition to providing therapeutic benefit to patients suffering from oral mucositis, the protegrins are particularly effective when used prophylactically. Thus, a therapeutically effective dose also refers to an amount of protegrin peptide sufficient to prevent the onset of oral mucositis. Accordingly, the prophylactic use of protegrin peptides in patients at risk for developing oral mucositis, such as those receiving chemotherapy or radiotherapy, is an important aspect of the invention.
For any protegrin peptide a therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially from in vitro tests such as, for example, MICs and saliva kill kinetics. Initial dosages can also be estimated from in vivo data, e.~ n; ~1 models, using t~chn; ques that are well known in the art. A
particularly effective preclinical ~n; ~1 model for estimating dosages ef~ective to treat or prevent oral mucositis is the hams~er model (Sonis et al ., 1990, oral Sura. Oral Med. Oral Pathol. 69:437-443; Sonis et al., 1995, Oral Qncol. Eur. J. C~nc~r 31B:261-266). one having ordinary skill in the art could readily optimize a~r; n; stration to humans based on ~ni ~1 data, especially in light of the detailed disclosure herein.
In general, the protegrin peptides will be most beneficial when applied to the oral cavity before oral - mucositis occurs. Thus, in general, treatment will begin CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 when a patient is considered to be at high risk for developing mucositis. Of course, whether and when a patient is considered to be at high ris~ will ~lepen~ on such factors as the age of the patient, the aggressiveness of the chemo-or radiotherapy, the type of tumor or cancer being treated,and the chemotherapeutic agent being used. A treating physician will be able to determine when a particular patient is at high risk for developing mucositis. However, the protegrin peptides may be applied when the patient begins to feel oral inflammation, or even after lesions have appeared.
As will be discussed in more detail below, the protegrins will typically be ~ ini~tered in the form of a topical oral formulation. such formulations will generally comprise about 0.001% (w/w) to 2.5% (w/w) active ingredient;
however, concentration ranges such as 0.005% (w/w) to 0.75%
(w/w) or even 0.03% (w/w) to 0.3% (w/w) are expected to be effective.
The protegrins may be applied topically several times per day, d~p~n~;ng in part on the concentration of the applied dose and the fre~uency of food and fluid intake by the patient. Thus, depending on the particular circumstances, the protegrins may be applied 2, 3, 4 or even as many as 6 times per day. A saline rinse prior to each application and restriction of food and fluid intake for at least 30 minutes and up to about several hours after application may enh~ncr~ the effectiveness of treatment.
Preferably, the protegrin treatment will be ~t ;n; ~tered for about ~-4 weeks, but treatment regimens as short as 3-4 days may also provide prophylactic or therapeutic bene*it. In some instances, it may be desirable to treat the patient for the entire period during which the patient receives chemotherapy and/or radiotherapy.
The actual amount of antimicrobial peptide ~( i n; stered as well as the dosing schedule of peptide ~, ;n;stered will, of course, depend on factors such as the age of t~e patient, the severity of the affliction, the aggressiveness of -CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 chemotherapy or radiotherapy being pursued, and, of course, on the judgement of the prescribing physician.
The protegrins can be a~ in;stered singly or in admixture with other protegrins or antimicrobial peptides or other agents, including, for example, p~;nkillers (lidocaine, etc.) or anti-inflammatories.
Formulation Typically, the peptides are applied to the oral lo cavity in the form of a topical pharmaceutical formulation.
Formulations suitable for topical oral application include oral emulsions, magmas, gels, swishes, lozenges, pastes, creams, oral solutions, gums, etc., as are well known in the art. Any of these topical oral vehicles can be used in conjunction with the ~ethods of the invention. Exact formulations, as well as methods of their preparation, will be apparent to those of skill in the art (see, e.g., Ansel et al., 1995, Pharmaceutical Dosa~e Forms and Druq Delivery, Williams & W; lk;n~, Malvern, PA; Remin~ton's Pharmaceutical Sciences, latest edition, Mack Publ; 5h;ng CO., Easton, PA).
In a preferred ~ho~; -nt of the invention, the peptides are ~( inistered in a topical gel-like foL -l~tion comprising about 0.001% (w/w) to 2.5% (w/w), preferably about 0.005%
(w/w) to 0.75% (w/w), more preferably about 0.03% ~w/w) to 0.3~ (w/w) and most preferably about 0.025% (w/w) to 0.15%
(w/w) active peptides(s) in admixture with a gel-like vehicle. The gel-like vehicle generally comprises a water-soluble gelling agent~ a humectant and water, and has a viscosity of about 500 to 100,000 cps, preferably about 10,000 to 50,000 cps, more preferably about 15,000 to 30,000 cps and most preferably about 20,000 to 25,000 cps as measured with a Brookfield viscometer at apout 25~C. The gelling agent provides the formulation with good mucoadhesion properties; the humectant with good moisturizing and moisture-barrier propertie~.
Gelling agents suitable for use with the vehicle of the invention include, e.g., agar, bentonite, ca-b~ -r (e.g., CA 02238429 l998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 carbopol), water soluble cellulosic polymers (e.g., carboxyalkyl cellulose, hydroxyalkyl cellulose, alkyl cellulose, hydroxyalkyl alkylcellulose), povidone, kaolin, tragacanth and veegum, with hyd~o~ylalkyl alkyl celluloses such as hydrox~ ~yl methylcellulose being preferred.
Humectants suitable for use with the gel-like vehicle of the invention include, e.~., glycerin, propylene glycol and sorbitol, with sorbitol being preferred.
Generally, the vehicle comprises about 0.1% (w/w) to 10%
(w/w) water-soluble gelling agent, with about 0.25% (w/w) to 5% (w/w) being preferred and about 0.5% (w~w) to 3% (w/w) being most preferred and about 0.1% (w/w) to 20~ (w/w) humectant. However, as the viscosity of the gel-like vehicle is of considerable importance, it will be understood that the above concentration ranges are for guidance only. The actual concentration of gelling agent will depend, in part, on the polymer selected, the supplier and the specific lot number.
The actual concentrations of other ingredients will likeise affect the viscosity of the gel-like formulation. Choosing appropriate concentrations to yield a gel-like formulation with the desirable viscosity and other properties described herein is within the capabilities of ordinarily skilled artisans.
Additionally, the gel-like vehicle of the invention may include antimicrobial preservatives. Antimicrobial preservatives useful with the compositions of the invention include, but are not limited to, antifungal preservatives such as benzoic acid, alkylparabens, sodium benzoate and sodium propionate; and antimicrobial preservatives such as benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzyl alcohol, cetylpyridinium chloride, chlorobutanol, phenol, phenylethyl alcohol, phenylmercuric nitrate and th i ?rOSal, with alkylparabens such as methylparaben, propylparaben and mixtures thereof being preferred.
An ~ ullL of antimicrobial preservative(s~ effective for use with the formulations of the invention will be apparent to those of skill in the art and will ~epen~, in part, on the CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W ~ 97/18827 PCTAJS96118845 antimicrobial agent(s) used. Typical concentrations range from about 0.01% (w/w) to about 2% (w/w).
The composition of the invention may also contain from about 1% (w/w) to 10% (w/w) of a sweetening agent such as aspartame, dextrose, glycerin, malitol, mannitol, saccharin sodium, sorbitol, sucrose and xylitol. Such sweeten; ng agents are believed to aid patient compliance.
of course, the pH of the composition will depend on the active ingredient(s~ contained in the composition.
Determination of an optimal pH for stability and effectivity is well within the skill of the ordinary artisan.
Other optional ingredients that can be used without deleteriously affecting, and in some cases even enhancing, the efficacy of the formulations of the invention include, but are not limited to, acidifying agents such as acetic acid, citric acid, fu~aric acid, hydrochloric acid, lactic acid and nitric acid; alkAl;n;zing agents such as A
solution, - ~n; um carbonate, diethanolamine, monoethanolamine, potassium hydroxide, sodium borate, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, triethanol~ ;ne and trolamine;
buffering agents such as potassium met~phosphate, potassium phosphate, sodium acetate and sodium citrate; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, ascorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxytoluene, hypophosphorous 2s acid, monothioglyceride, propyl gallate, sodium ascorbate, sodiu~ bisulfite, sodium formaldehyde sulfoxylate and sodium metabisulfite; chelating agents such as edetate disodium and edetic acid; colorants such as FD&C Red No. 3, FD~C Red No.
20, FD&C Yellow No. 6, FD&C Blue No. 2, D&C Green No. 5, D&C
orange No. 5, caramel and ferric oxide, red; and flavoring agents such as anise oil, c;nnA ~~ oil, cocoa, menthol, orange oil, pepp~mint oil vanillin. Suitable concentrations for use will be apparent to those of skill in then art.
Other optional ingredients, as well as suitable concentrations for use, can be found, for example, in Reminqton's Pharmaceutical Sciences, latest edition, Mac~
Publ;shing Co., Easton, PA.
_ CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 ~XAMPLE 1: ~YntheSiS of Pe~tides PG-l and OM-3 This Example describes preferred methods of synthesizing peptides of the invention having a C-terminal amide.
1.1 SYnthesis of Linear Peptide Linear amidated forms of peptides PG-l and OM-3 were synthesized on a Fmoc Rink amide solid support resin (Bachem) using Fmoc ch~ try on an automated ABI 433 peptide synthesizer (ABD, Perkin Elmer, Foster City, CA) according to the manufacturer's st~nd~rd protocols. Cleavage of the crude product from the resin was carried out in 10 mL of thioanisole:EDT:TFA (1:1:9) for 2 hours at room temperature.
Crude cleavage product was precipitated with t-butyl methyl ether, filtered and dried.
1.2 Formation of Disulfide Linkaqes The crude linear peptide was dissolved in DMSO and added to 20 mM ammonium acetate, pH 7. The final concentration of peptide was about 1-8 mg/mL, the pH ranged from 7.0-7.2 and the DMSO concentration ranged from about 5-20%. The solution was stirred overnight at room temperature, and the pH of the solution was adjusted to pH 5 with concentrated acetic acid.
The oxidized peptide was loaded onto a preparative reverse-phase HPLC column ~Vydac C18, 2.2cm X 25cm, Cat. No.
218TP101522), the column was washed with buffer (10% v/v acetonitrile, 0.1% v/v TFA in water) until absorbance of the effluent (measured at 235 cm) reached baseline and the pure product was eluted at 10 mL/min. using the following buffers and gradient:
Gradient Time (min.) Buffer A (~) Buffer B (%) Gradient ~ 90 10 linear 82 18 linear 68 32 linear linear W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 Buffer A- 0.10% (v/v) aqueous TFA;
Buffer B= 0.08% (v/v) TFA in acetonitrile.
Fractions were analyzed by analytical HPLC. Fractions containing the desired disulfide-bridged peptide were pooled, the acetonitrile stripped and the resultant aqueous solution lyophilized to dryness. The sequence of the disulfide-bridged peptide was confirmed by mass spectrometry.
EXAMPLE 2: PreParation of HYdro~Y~o~lmethylcellulose (HPMC) Gel For~l~lation This Example provides preferred methods for preparing the preferred topical formulations of the invention.
A topical gel of OM-3 cont~;n;ng the following ingredients was prepared as follows:
Inqredient Percent (w/w) OM-3 1.0 Sorbitol solution (70%) USP 10.0 Xylitol NF 3.0 20 Hydro~y~L~l methylcellulose USP 2.0 Lactic acid USP 0.1 Methylparaben NF 0.18 Propylparaben NF 0.02 Purified Water USP q.s. 100 lN. sodium hydroxide or pH 4.2 + 0.2 lN hydrochloric acid q.s.
Methylparaben and propylparaben were dissolved in hot aqueous lactate buffer solution (pH 4.2). Hydroxy~yl methylcellulose (HPMC) was dispersed in the hot solution followed by addition of sorbitol, xylitol and aqueous OM-3.
The mixture was cooled to room temperature, h~C--;ng viscous with cooling.
EXAMPLE 3: In Vitro Antimicrobial Assa~s This Example describes preferred assays for identifying protegrin peptides useful in the methods of the invention. Unless otherwise indicated, all in vitro assay W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 data reported herein was obtained using the methods described below.
The ~ollowing equipment, reagents, stock solutions and cultures are used in the assays that follow.
Microorqanisms: ~scherlchia coli ML-35p and vancomycin-resistant Enterococcus ~aecium (VREF) were obtained from Dr.
~obert Lehrer (UCLA, see also, Lehrer et al., 1988, J.
Im~unol. Methods 108:153) and Dr. Gary Schoolnik (Stanford), respectively. Pseudo-_n~.c aeruginosa ~ATCC 9027), Candlda albicans (ATCC 1023), methicillin sensitive S. aureus (ATCC
19636), R. pne~moni~e (ATCC 9997), S. marcesceus (ATCC
13880), S. salivarius (ATCC 31067), and methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus (ATCC 33591) were obtained from the American Type Culture Collection, Rockville, MD. P.
mirabilis was an isolated strain obtA ~ n~ from the cheek pouch of a hamster.
Microorg~ni ~ from other sources, such as, for example, clinical isolates, can be used interchangeably with the Zo above-descri~ed microorganisms in the assays described herein.
Media and Reaqents:
TrYpticase Sov Aqar (TSA; Becton-Dickinson, Cockeysville, MD, BBL #4311768): dissolve 40 g in 1 Liter deionized water, autoclave 121~C, 20 minutes.
TrYpticase SoY Broth (TSB; Becton-Dickinson, Cockeysville, MD, BBL #4311768): dissolve 30 g in 1 Liter deionized water, autoclave 121~C, 20 minutes, and store at room t~ ~-rature.
2X TrvPticase SoY Broth (2X TSB): dissolve 60 g in 1 Liter deionized water, autoclave 121~C, 20 minutes, and store at room temperature.
GlYcerol (20% v/v~: mix 20 mL glycerol with 80 mL
deionized water, Filter sterili~e with 0.20 ~ filter and store at room temperature.
W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 Monobasic ~hos~hate buffer (100 mM~: dissolve 13.7 g sodium phosphate monobasic (Fisher #S368-500) in 1 Liter deionized water. Filter sterilize with 0.20 ~ filter and store at room t~ _Arature.
Dibasic ~hosphate buffer (100 mM): dissolve 14.2 g sodium phosphate dibasic (Fisher #S374-500) in 1 Liter deionized water. Filter sterilize with 0.45 ~ filter and store at room temperature.
Phos~hate-buffered saline (PBS; 10 mM phosphate, 100 mM NaCl, pH 7.4): mix 15 mL dibasic phosphate buffer (100 mM), 5 mL onohAsic phosphate buffer (100 mM), 4 mL NaC1 (5 M) and 176 mL deionized water. Adjust pH if nec~ss~ry, filter sterilize with 0.45 ~ filter and store at room temperature.
Phos~hate buffer (100 mM, pH 6.5): mix 40 mL
dibasic phosphate buffer (100 mM) with 160 mL monobasic phosphate buffer (100 mM). Adjust pH if necessary, filter sterilize with 0.45 ~ filter and store at room t~- -rature.
Liauid Testinq Medium (LTM): aseptically combine the following sterile ingredients: 10 mL Phosphate buffer (100 mM, pH 6.5), 1.0 mL TSB, 2 mL NaCl (5 M) and 87 mL
deionized water. Store at room temperature.
Acetic acid (0.01% v/v): mix 10 ~L acetic acid with 100 mL sterile deionized water.
Aqarose: mix 1 g agarose (Sigma #S6013) in 80 mL
deionized water, autoclave 121~C, 20 minutes.
Aqarose Underlay Medium: combine 10 mL Phosphate buffer (100 mM, pH 6.5), 1.0 mL TSB, 2 mL NaCl (5 M) and 7 mL
deionized water with 80 mL t~ ~red (50~C) agarose.
2X TSB Aqarose Overlay Medium: dissolve 60 g TSB
and 10 g agarose in 1 Liter deionized water, aliquot 100 mL
per bottle, autoclave 121~C, 20 minutes, and store at room temperature.
Pre~aration of Microoraanism Slants: Each strain was cultured on TSA. Isolated colonies were transferred into TSB
(10 mL in a sterile 50 mL Erlenmeyer flask) using a sterile, W O 97/18827 PC~US96/18845 disposable loop and the flask incubated at 37~C (bacteria) or 30~C (yeast) with shaking (200 RPM) for 16-18 hours.
Broth cultures were diluted 1:1 with 20% sterile glycerol and stored as 1.0 mL aliquots at -800C. For daily inocula, liquid was transferred from a thawed vial using a sterile loop and then spread onto the surface of ~SA slants.
The screw capped tubes were incubated overnight and stored at 40C for up to one month.
PreParation of Inoculum:
1. Remove the cap from tube and lightly touch a sterile loop to the area of heavy growth on the TSA slant.
2. Inoculate 10 mL of TSB (50 mL flask) and incubate the flask in a sh~k;ng water bath for 18 hours (overnight) at 37~C (bacteria) or 30~C (yeast) at 200 RPM.
3. In a cuvette, dilute 50 ~L of the overnight culture 1:20 with TSB and measure the absorbance at 600nm (A600) using TSB as a reference. The A600 of the diluted culture should be between 0.1-0.4.
4. In a 250 mL Erlenmeyer flask, dilute 50~L of the overnight culture 1:1000 with TSB (bacteria) or l:100 with TSB (yeast).
5. Incubate the flask in a .ch~killg water bath at 370C (bacteria) or 30~C (yeast) at 200 RPM for approximately 2-3 hours until log-phase is reached, i.e. until the A600 of the culture is between 0.200 and 0.400 without further dilution.
6. Transfer 25 mL of the log-phase culture to a sterile centrifuge tube and centrifuge at 2000 rpm and 4~C
for 10 minutes. Decant the supernatant, add 25 mI. of sterile PBS and resuspend the pellet by vort~; n~ .
for 10 minutes. Decant the supernatant, add 25 mI. of sterile PBS and resuspend the pellet by vort~; n~ .
7. Centrifuge the suspension at 2000 rpm and 4~C
for 10 minutes. Decant the supernatant and resuspend the pellet with 5 ml sterile PBS.
for 10 minutes. Decant the supernatant and resuspend the pellet with 5 ml sterile PBS.
8. Measure the ~0O of the undiluted suspension.
If the absorbance is above 0.5, dilute with sterile PBS until the absorbance is between 0.100 and 0.500.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 9. Determine the number colony-forming units per milliliter suspension (CFUs/mL) by preparing 10-fold serial dilutions in saline (0.87%) and spreading 100 ~L of the 104-, 105-, and 106-fold dilutions onto TSA plates, one dilution per plate. Incubate overnight~ count the number of colonies and determine the CFUs/mL (an accurate determination requires approximately 30-300 colonies per plate).
Pre~aration of Pe~tide Stock Solutions:
1. Weigh approximately 1.0 mg of each peptide to be tested into a sterile poly~o~lene cryovial (1.8 mL).
2. Add sufficient acetic acid (0.01%) to make a stock solution having a concentration of 1280 ~g/mL. Dispense the stock solution into several vials, 1oo ~L per vial, and store the ali~uots, tightly sealed, at -80~C.
3.1 Radial Diffusion tMCZ) Assav The MCZ assay uses ; n; ~ Ls of test materials to determine the sensitivity of microorgAn; - to various antimicrobial compounds. Cells are grown to approximately mid-log phase and resuspended in ;n; -1 nutrient buffered agarose. Agarose (not agar) is used in this gel to avoid electrostatic interactions between antimicrobial peptides and the polyanionic components of st~n~d agar. Peptides diffuse radially into the gels from small wells and the diameter of the zone of growth inhibition is proportional to the concentration of peptide in the solution (Lehrer et al., 1988, J. Immunol. Methods 108:153).
Pre~aration of MCZ AssaY Plates:
1. For each petri plate to be poured, dispense 10 mL
of t~ ored (50~C) Agarose Underlay Medium into a sterile poly~L~ylene tube (15 mL). Add 4x106 CFUs of the desired strain to each tube. Mix well by inverting tube 3 times.
3~ Immediately pour the molten agarose into the petri ~ he:s.
2. After the agarose has solidified, use a sterile canula (3 mm i.d.~ to punch 16 wells (4x4 evenly spaced grid) CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCTAUS96/t8845 into the agarose. Remove the agarose plugs with a pasteur pipette and trap the agarose in a flask with a side arm port attached to a vacuum.
3. From the peptide stock solution, prepare serial 2-fold dilutions (from 128 ~g/mL to 0.06 ~g/mL) using acetic acid (0.01%) as a diluent, or, for peptide concentrations lower than 50 ~g/mL, sodium acetate (10 mM, pH 5) contA;ning Human Serum Al~- i n (HSA; 0.1% w/V) as a diluent.
4. Dispense 5 ~L of each serial dilution into the agarose wells, one serial dilution per well.
5. Dispense diluents into wells as negative controls and protegrin-1 (U.S. Patent No. 5,464,823; 32 ~g/mL, 8 l~g/mL
and 2 ~g/mL) into wells as positive controls.
6. Incubate the plates at 37~C (bacteria) or 30CC
(yeast) for 3 hours.
7. Dispense 2X TSB Agarose Overlay Medium (10 mL3 onto the surface of each plate, allow the agar to solidify and incubate plates, inverted, at 37~C (bacteria) or 30OC (yeast) for 16-18 hours.
8. ~YA~ i ne the plates and measure (in mm) the diameter of the zone of growth inhibition (area of clearing around each well).
9. Plot the diameter of the zone of growth inhibition (Y-axis) versus the cr~ncentration of peptide in the well (X-axis) and obtain the line of best fit using linear regression analysis. The X-intercept of the line of best fit is the ini concentration for zone of growth inhibition (MCZ) for each peptide concentration.
3.2 Microbroth Dilution (MCB) Assa~
The microbroth dilution method accommodates large n-~he~s of samp~es and is more A ?nAhle to automation than the MCZ assay and the data analysis is direct and simple. A
key step in this assay is combining microorg~n~ ! - and peptide in a defined ini -1 nutrient buffer system that minimizes interference with the peptide's biological activity. In addition, the presence of 0.1% ~w/v) human CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 serum albumin ~HSA) to the peptide diluent ;n; ;~es adsorption of peptide to the container.
Pre~aration of MCB assay ~lates:
1. Dispense 100 ~L of log-phase cells in LTM (4x105 CFUs/mL) into each we]l of a sterile 96-well microtiter plate.
2. From the peptide stock solution, prepare serial two-fold dilutions (from 1280 ~g/mL to 0.625 ~g/mL) using acetic acid (0.01%) as a diluent, or, for peptide concentrations lower than 50 ~g/mL, sodium acetate (10 mM, p~ 5) cont~;n;ng Human Serum Albumin (HSA; 0.1%w/v) as a diluent.
3. Dispense triplicate aliquots (11 ~L) of each serial two-fold dilution into the wells of the microtiter plate.
4. Incubate the plate at 37~C (bacteria) or 30~C
~yeast) for 3 hours.
5. Add 100 ~L of 2X TSB to each well, mix, and incubate at 37~C (bacteria) or 30~C (yeast) for an additional 16-18 hours.
6. ~Y~ i~e the plates and evaluate each well for turbidity (cell growth). Often, MRSA will settle out and form a pellet at the bottom of the well. MRSA can be evaluated by placing the microtiter plate on a stand and ~m;n~ng the bottom of the well using a tilted mirror.
7. The ;ni concentration for inhibition of growth in broth medium (MCB) is defined as the lowest concentration of peptide that inhibits all visible growth. If the MCB
values for each of the triplicate samples differ, the MCB is obtained by averaging the results of the three samples.
8. The ; n; ~m concentration of peptide showing 100%
biocidal activity is determined by incubating a 10 ~L aliquot from each well on a TSA plate for 24 hours at 37~C (bacteria) or 30~C (yeast) (for plating, 1.5 mL TSA in each well of a 24-well plate minimizes cross cont~ ;n~tion).
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 3.3 Modified NCCLS M; n; Inhibitory Concentration ~MIC) Assav The National Committee for Clinical StAn~ds (NCCLS) re~uires that test compounds be prepared as stock solutions in Mueller-Hinton Broth ("MHB") at 512 ~g/mL. The stock solutions are serially diluted (two-fold) in medium and each serial dilution added 1:1 to medium containing 1X106 CFU/mL bacteria (National Committee on Clinical Laboratory StAn~rds, Dec~ h~r 1994, "Perfol ~nc~ Standards for Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing," NCCLS Document M100-S5 Vol. 14, No. 16; Methods for Dilution Antimicrobial SuscePtibilitY Test for Bacteria that Grow Aerobically, 3d Ed., Approved St~n~rd M7-A3, National Committee for Clinical St~ rds, Villanova, PA).
It has been found that protegrin peptides precipitate in MHB at concentrations greater than 128 ~g/mL. Thus, following the NCCLS protocol would result in serial two-fold dilutions cont~ini~g less peptide than calculated, yielding erroneously high MIC values.
To overcome this problem, the following modified NCCLS
assay is the preferred method for detel ining MICs of protegrin peptides. In the method, precipitation is avoided by preparing concentrated (lOX) stock solutions of test peptide in a buffer that is suitable for the peptide and which does not exhibit deleterious effects on the microorganisms (0.01% v/v acetic acid, 0.1% w/v HSA) and diluting the stock 1:10 into M~B contAining the microorg~n 1 ! : .
Pre~aration of MIC assav Plates:
1. Prepare a fresh overnight culture of test organism in Meuller-Hinton broth (MHB; Becton-Dickinson, Cockysville, MD, BB2 #11443).
2. Dilute the culture to approximately 4x105 CFUs/mL
with fresh MHB and dispense 100 ~L ali~uots into each well of a sterile 96-well microtiter plate.
3. From the peptide stock solution, prepare serial two-fold dilutions (from 1280 ~g/mL to 0.625 ~g/mL) using CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 acetic acid (0.01%) as a diluent, or, for peptide concentrations lower than 50 ~g/mL, sodium acetate (10 mM, pH 5) cont~ining Human Serum Albumin (HSA) or bovine serum albumin (BSA) (0.1% - 0.2% w/v) as a diluent.
4. Dispense triplicate aliquots (11 ~L) of each serial dilution into the wells of the microtiter plate.
5. Incubate the plate for 16-18 hours, without aeration, at 37CC (bacteria) or 30~C (yeast).
6. ~ ;ne the plates and evaluate each well for turbidity (cell growth). Often, MRSA will settle out and form a pellet at the ~ottom of the well. MRSA can be evaluated by placing the microtiter plate on a stand and ;ning the bottom of the well using a tilted mirror.
7. The in; inhibitory concentration (MIC) is defined as the lowest peptide concentration that inhibits all visible growth. If the MIC values for each of the triplicate samples differ, the MIC is ob~ine~ by averaging the results of the three samples.
8. The in; concentration of peptide showing 100%
biocidal activity is determined by ;nc~lhAting a 10 ~L aliquot from each well on a TSA plate for 24 hours at 37OC (bacteria) or 30~C (yeast) (for plating, 1.5 mL TSA in each well of a 24-well plate ; n; i~eS cross cont~ ;n~tion).
3.4 Kinetic Bactericidal AssaY
The following assay is used to determine the rate at which a protegrin peptide kills a target microorganism, as well as to dete1 ine if a particular peptide is bactericidal or bacteriostatic.
Assav Protocol 1. Dispense 200 ~L of log-phase cells in LTM (4 x 105 CFUs/mL) into each well of a 96-well microtiter plate solution.
2. At time T=0 minutes, add 22 ~L of 1280 ~g/mL
peptide to well A1 and mix by triturating 3 times.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 3. Wait 30 secon~ and add 22 ~L of a second concentration of peptide the to the next well (A2) and mix by triturating 3 times.
4. Repeat the process, staggering each peptide addition by 30 seconds, until all concentrations of peptide have been added. Typically, 4-fold serial dilutions of stock peptide (i.e., 1280, 320, 80, 20 and 5 ~g/mL peptide diluted 1:10 into each well) produces good c~ ,~rative kill curves.
Add 22 ~L of 0.01% acetic acid to one well as a control.
5. At time T=15 minutes, mix well A1 by triturating 3 times and transfer 20 ~L to an empty sterile petri dish ~100 mm x 15 mm).
6. Quickly add 20 mL of tempered (500C) TSA and gently swirl plate to mix.
7. Repeat steps 5-6 until all peptide concentrations have been plated.
8. For the control well, dilute the sample 1:100 with LTM and plate 50 ~L of the dilution to obtain an accurate determinations of CFUs.
9. After the agar has solidified, invert the plates and incubate at 37~C (bacteria) 30~C (yeast) for 18-24 hours.
If the absorbance is above 0.5, dilute with sterile PBS until the absorbance is between 0.100 and 0.500.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 9. Determine the number colony-forming units per milliliter suspension (CFUs/mL) by preparing 10-fold serial dilutions in saline (0.87%) and spreading 100 ~L of the 104-, 105-, and 106-fold dilutions onto TSA plates, one dilution per plate. Incubate overnight~ count the number of colonies and determine the CFUs/mL (an accurate determination requires approximately 30-300 colonies per plate).
Pre~aration of Pe~tide Stock Solutions:
1. Weigh approximately 1.0 mg of each peptide to be tested into a sterile poly~o~lene cryovial (1.8 mL).
2. Add sufficient acetic acid (0.01%) to make a stock solution having a concentration of 1280 ~g/mL. Dispense the stock solution into several vials, 1oo ~L per vial, and store the ali~uots, tightly sealed, at -80~C.
3.1 Radial Diffusion tMCZ) Assav The MCZ assay uses ; n; ~ Ls of test materials to determine the sensitivity of microorgAn; - to various antimicrobial compounds. Cells are grown to approximately mid-log phase and resuspended in ;n; -1 nutrient buffered agarose. Agarose (not agar) is used in this gel to avoid electrostatic interactions between antimicrobial peptides and the polyanionic components of st~n~d agar. Peptides diffuse radially into the gels from small wells and the diameter of the zone of growth inhibition is proportional to the concentration of peptide in the solution (Lehrer et al., 1988, J. Immunol. Methods 108:153).
Pre~aration of MCZ AssaY Plates:
1. For each petri plate to be poured, dispense 10 mL
of t~ ored (50~C) Agarose Underlay Medium into a sterile poly~L~ylene tube (15 mL). Add 4x106 CFUs of the desired strain to each tube. Mix well by inverting tube 3 times.
3~ Immediately pour the molten agarose into the petri ~ he:s.
2. After the agarose has solidified, use a sterile canula (3 mm i.d.~ to punch 16 wells (4x4 evenly spaced grid) CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCTAUS96/t8845 into the agarose. Remove the agarose plugs with a pasteur pipette and trap the agarose in a flask with a side arm port attached to a vacuum.
3. From the peptide stock solution, prepare serial 2-fold dilutions (from 128 ~g/mL to 0.06 ~g/mL) using acetic acid (0.01%) as a diluent, or, for peptide concentrations lower than 50 ~g/mL, sodium acetate (10 mM, pH 5) contA;ning Human Serum Al~- i n (HSA; 0.1% w/V) as a diluent.
4. Dispense 5 ~L of each serial dilution into the agarose wells, one serial dilution per well.
5. Dispense diluents into wells as negative controls and protegrin-1 (U.S. Patent No. 5,464,823; 32 ~g/mL, 8 l~g/mL
and 2 ~g/mL) into wells as positive controls.
6. Incubate the plates at 37~C (bacteria) or 30CC
(yeast) for 3 hours.
7. Dispense 2X TSB Agarose Overlay Medium (10 mL3 onto the surface of each plate, allow the agar to solidify and incubate plates, inverted, at 37~C (bacteria) or 30OC (yeast) for 16-18 hours.
8. ~YA~ i ne the plates and measure (in mm) the diameter of the zone of growth inhibition (area of clearing around each well).
9. Plot the diameter of the zone of growth inhibition (Y-axis) versus the cr~ncentration of peptide in the well (X-axis) and obtain the line of best fit using linear regression analysis. The X-intercept of the line of best fit is the ini concentration for zone of growth inhibition (MCZ) for each peptide concentration.
3.2 Microbroth Dilution (MCB) Assa~
The microbroth dilution method accommodates large n-~he~s of samp~es and is more A ?nAhle to automation than the MCZ assay and the data analysis is direct and simple. A
key step in this assay is combining microorg~n~ ! - and peptide in a defined ini -1 nutrient buffer system that minimizes interference with the peptide's biological activity. In addition, the presence of 0.1% ~w/v) human CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 serum albumin ~HSA) to the peptide diluent ;n; ;~es adsorption of peptide to the container.
Pre~aration of MCB assay ~lates:
1. Dispense 100 ~L of log-phase cells in LTM (4x105 CFUs/mL) into each we]l of a sterile 96-well microtiter plate.
2. From the peptide stock solution, prepare serial two-fold dilutions (from 1280 ~g/mL to 0.625 ~g/mL) using acetic acid (0.01%) as a diluent, or, for peptide concentrations lower than 50 ~g/mL, sodium acetate (10 mM, p~ 5) cont~;n;ng Human Serum Albumin (HSA; 0.1%w/v) as a diluent.
3. Dispense triplicate aliquots (11 ~L) of each serial two-fold dilution into the wells of the microtiter plate.
4. Incubate the plate at 37~C (bacteria) or 30~C
~yeast) for 3 hours.
5. Add 100 ~L of 2X TSB to each well, mix, and incubate at 37~C (bacteria) or 30~C (yeast) for an additional 16-18 hours.
6. ~Y~ i~e the plates and evaluate each well for turbidity (cell growth). Often, MRSA will settle out and form a pellet at the bottom of the well. MRSA can be evaluated by placing the microtiter plate on a stand and ~m;n~ng the bottom of the well using a tilted mirror.
7. The ;ni concentration for inhibition of growth in broth medium (MCB) is defined as the lowest concentration of peptide that inhibits all visible growth. If the MCB
values for each of the triplicate samples differ, the MCB is obtained by averaging the results of the three samples.
8. The ; n; ~m concentration of peptide showing 100%
biocidal activity is determined by incubating a 10 ~L aliquot from each well on a TSA plate for 24 hours at 37~C (bacteria) or 30~C (yeast) (for plating, 1.5 mL TSA in each well of a 24-well plate minimizes cross cont~ ;n~tion).
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 3.3 Modified NCCLS M; n; Inhibitory Concentration ~MIC) Assav The National Committee for Clinical StAn~ds (NCCLS) re~uires that test compounds be prepared as stock solutions in Mueller-Hinton Broth ("MHB") at 512 ~g/mL. The stock solutions are serially diluted (two-fold) in medium and each serial dilution added 1:1 to medium containing 1X106 CFU/mL bacteria (National Committee on Clinical Laboratory StAn~rds, Dec~ h~r 1994, "Perfol ~nc~ Standards for Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing," NCCLS Document M100-S5 Vol. 14, No. 16; Methods for Dilution Antimicrobial SuscePtibilitY Test for Bacteria that Grow Aerobically, 3d Ed., Approved St~n~rd M7-A3, National Committee for Clinical St~ rds, Villanova, PA).
It has been found that protegrin peptides precipitate in MHB at concentrations greater than 128 ~g/mL. Thus, following the NCCLS protocol would result in serial two-fold dilutions cont~ini~g less peptide than calculated, yielding erroneously high MIC values.
To overcome this problem, the following modified NCCLS
assay is the preferred method for detel ining MICs of protegrin peptides. In the method, precipitation is avoided by preparing concentrated (lOX) stock solutions of test peptide in a buffer that is suitable for the peptide and which does not exhibit deleterious effects on the microorganisms (0.01% v/v acetic acid, 0.1% w/v HSA) and diluting the stock 1:10 into M~B contAining the microorg~n 1 ! : .
Pre~aration of MIC assav Plates:
1. Prepare a fresh overnight culture of test organism in Meuller-Hinton broth (MHB; Becton-Dickinson, Cockysville, MD, BB2 #11443).
2. Dilute the culture to approximately 4x105 CFUs/mL
with fresh MHB and dispense 100 ~L ali~uots into each well of a sterile 96-well microtiter plate.
3. From the peptide stock solution, prepare serial two-fold dilutions (from 1280 ~g/mL to 0.625 ~g/mL) using CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 acetic acid (0.01%) as a diluent, or, for peptide concentrations lower than 50 ~g/mL, sodium acetate (10 mM, pH 5) cont~ining Human Serum Albumin (HSA) or bovine serum albumin (BSA) (0.1% - 0.2% w/v) as a diluent.
4. Dispense triplicate aliquots (11 ~L) of each serial dilution into the wells of the microtiter plate.
5. Incubate the plate for 16-18 hours, without aeration, at 37CC (bacteria) or 30~C (yeast).
6. ~ ;ne the plates and evaluate each well for turbidity (cell growth). Often, MRSA will settle out and form a pellet at the ~ottom of the well. MRSA can be evaluated by placing the microtiter plate on a stand and ;ning the bottom of the well using a tilted mirror.
7. The in; inhibitory concentration (MIC) is defined as the lowest peptide concentration that inhibits all visible growth. If the MIC values for each of the triplicate samples differ, the MIC is ob~ine~ by averaging the results of the three samples.
8. The in; concentration of peptide showing 100%
biocidal activity is determined by ;nc~lhAting a 10 ~L aliquot from each well on a TSA plate for 24 hours at 37OC (bacteria) or 30~C (yeast) (for plating, 1.5 mL TSA in each well of a 24-well plate ; n; i~eS cross cont~ ;n~tion).
3.4 Kinetic Bactericidal AssaY
The following assay is used to determine the rate at which a protegrin peptide kills a target microorganism, as well as to dete1 ine if a particular peptide is bactericidal or bacteriostatic.
Assav Protocol 1. Dispense 200 ~L of log-phase cells in LTM (4 x 105 CFUs/mL) into each well of a 96-well microtiter plate solution.
2. At time T=0 minutes, add 22 ~L of 1280 ~g/mL
peptide to well A1 and mix by triturating 3 times.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 3. Wait 30 secon~ and add 22 ~L of a second concentration of peptide the to the next well (A2) and mix by triturating 3 times.
4. Repeat the process, staggering each peptide addition by 30 seconds, until all concentrations of peptide have been added. Typically, 4-fold serial dilutions of stock peptide (i.e., 1280, 320, 80, 20 and 5 ~g/mL peptide diluted 1:10 into each well) produces good c~ ,~rative kill curves.
Add 22 ~L of 0.01% acetic acid to one well as a control.
5. At time T=15 minutes, mix well A1 by triturating 3 times and transfer 20 ~L to an empty sterile petri dish ~100 mm x 15 mm).
6. Quickly add 20 mL of tempered (500C) TSA and gently swirl plate to mix.
7. Repeat steps 5-6 until all peptide concentrations have been plated.
8. For the control well, dilute the sample 1:100 with LTM and plate 50 ~L of the dilution to obtain an accurate determinations of CFUs.
9. After the agar has solidified, invert the plates and incubate at 37~C (bacteria) 30~C (yeast) for 18-24 hours.
10. Repeat steps 5-9 for all peptide concentrations and control samples at times T=30, 60, 120, and 240 minutes.
11. Count the number of CFUs per plate and estimate the reduction in CFUs for each peptide concentration. In order to assess an effect using this assay, the peptide must reduce the CFUs by at least one log (i.e., at least 800 CFUs per plate). Although such numbers are higher than r~ n~ed for accuracy (30-300 CFUs/plate), log-or~er changes in recoverable CFUs indicate significant bacteriocidal efficacy.
12. To obtain cl ,-rative kill curves, plot the log of fractional survival versus peptide concentration.
W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 LE 4: In Vitro Antimïcrobial Activity of PG-1 (SE0 ID NO:1) The antimicrobial activity of PG-1 (as well as other protegrins) is described in WO 95/03325 (pu~lished February 2, 1995). Briefly, PG-l exhibits broad spectrum anti-microbial activit:y, ~eing e~L~- ?ly effective against L.
monocytogenes, strain EGD, C. albicans, S. aureus, R.
pneumoniae 270, P. aeruginosa, S. ty~hi rlum, E. capsulatum, mycobacterium avlum-lntracellulare and myco~acterium tuberculosis. Antimicrobial activity is observed in the presence of 90% fetal calf serum.
~AMPLE 5: In Yltro Antimicrobial Activity of 0~-3 (SEQ ID NO:3) Against Pathogens Associated With oral Mucositis This Example demonstrates the antimicrobial activity of the native form of preferred peptide OM-3 against pathogen associated with oral mucositis. Although more than 200 species of microorg~n;! - have been isolated from the oropharynx, individua]. surfaces of the oral cavity are dominated by specific SU~yLOu~s (Liljemark et al., 1994, In:
Oral Microbioloqv and ImmunoloaY, pp. 120-128, Nisengard and Newman, Eds., Saunders Co., ph;l A~el phia). In the saliva and buccal mucosa, alpha and non-hemolytic ~L,epLococci are most prevalent (Loeshe, 1994, In: Oral Microbioloqv and ImmunoloqY, pp. 307-315, Nisengard and Newman, Eds., Saunders Co., Philadelphia). S. salivarius, a representative species of this group, was tested in the radial diffusion assay described above (except that fetal calf serum was added to the overlay at 10%) to determine susceptibility to peptide OM-3.
While Gram-positive bacteria are the most common flora in the oral cavity, lower levels of Gram-negative bacteria and fungi are also present. To determine the efficacy of OM-3 against a wider range of potential pathogens, the MICs (with and without HSA or BSA) of the peptide against a variety of pathogens, including methicillin sensitive and resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MSSA, MRSA, respectively), W O g7/18827 PCT~US96/1884S
vancomycin resistant E. faeciu~ (VREF), P. aeruginosa, E. coli, R. ~e - n i~e, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, and C. albicans was determined using the modified NCCLS method described above.
5.1 Results T.;l~e;?r regression analysis of the zone af growth inhibition of S. salivarius plotted against OM-3 concentration indicated that the i n; concentration for inhibition of growth (MCZ) for OM-3 is 0.38 ~g/ml.
The MICs obt~;n~ for OM-3 are provided in Tables 4 and 5, below. In Table 4, the MIC values represent the average of three determinations of the concentration in the first well with no growth. In Table 5, the data represents the average of three determinations for each individual strain tested. In general, the MIC values obtained for each organism were equal to the m; n; bactericidal concentration (MBC) observed for the same organism (data not shown).
M; ni Inhibitory Concentrations (MIC) of OM-3 With HSA or BSA
Microorganism MIC (~g/ml) MSSA
VREE 0.25 P. aeruginosa 1.3 E. coli 0.25 R. ~ne~ ,nfae S. marcescens 16 P. mirabilis 128 C. albicans 8 W O 97/18827 PCT~S96/18845 Tab1e 5 ~~~n; Inhibitory ConOQntrations ~tIC) of ON--3 No, MIC (~g/mL) A8say Medium Organism Type GenuS-~peCles Strains Low ~igh Mueller HintonGram-positiv~ E~ntc~veL).~.~3 faec~lisVSE 1 2 ~roth ~ntcl ~O~S fl~clli~VSE 2 2 4 En~e~-U-.us faecium VRE 3 0.25 0.5 S~Aphylococc~s sureus MSSA 16 1 4 Staphylocoecu3 ~ureus MRSA 3 1 2 Staphylococous epid~rmidi~ MSSE 14 0.13 0.
Staphylococcu~ ~ri~m~ MRSE 2 Staphyloeoeeu~ ~livarius 2 0.2 Gram-negative ,~in~t~rer c~lco~ceticu~ 4 0.06 2 R~h~rirhia coli 5 0.25 Xlcbsiella p- iA~ 4 1 5 eruginosa 18 1 8 Serr~ti~ ma ce~ccn~ 16 16 ~256 Mueller Hinton Gr~m-po3itive Co~ynebacterium mi~utissimum 1 0.25 Broth with 2% Cv y.,_~.. L~rium 1 0.Z5 1 0 Lysed horse ~ ~ ''rtheriae 1 0.25 blood~ Corync-bacterium ~trintum 1 0.25 cQryn~ - ~i group G1 1 0.Z5 C~.~.. _~a.Le~um group G2 16 1.3 16 S, c~Lr,.~ , ine 2 16 27 SL~, t~ mitl~(10 t2 tese) 14 4 64 S~ L.~ ~ 3~mgu15 Gr~m-negative ~- ,'i7u~ in~1uenza 15 1 8 M~.~Y_77a ~P. 12 0.2 0.8 Ncis~c-ria meningitidi~ 1 8 Mueller Hinton Candida albie~ns 1 8 Broth ~MICa in Mueller Hinton Broth e~n. ~inin~ lyged horse blood ar~ approximately 4-8 eimes higher due eo iuLc~Lc _~..c from blood r , ~ ~ det~-min~ by MIC for MRL~iA: 4 in MHB; 16 in MHB ~ LHB.
EXAMPLE 6: Bactericidal Activity of OM-3 Against Natural Flora in Human Saliva This Example demonstrates the ability of preferred peptide OM-3 to decrease CFUs of bacteria found in pooled normal human saliva.
6.1 Ex~erimental Protocol Peptide OM-3 (20 mM sodium acetate, pH 5) or placebo vehicle was mixed 1:1 with saliva. At 1, 2, 4, 8 and W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 16 minutes after ;~;ng, aliqùots were plated onto Trypticase Soy Agar cont~;ning 10% fetal bovine serum, and the plates were incubated overnight at 37~C.
6.2 Results The results of the experiment are presented in FIG. 1. The data clearly demonstrate that OM-3 kills oral microflora within 2 minutes, in a concentration ~ep~ndent manner. Since saliva contains many negatively charged glycoproteins such as mucin which may bind the peptide (Bansil et al., 1995, Annu. Rev. PhYsiol. 57:635-57), higher concentrations of OM-3 were required for effective reduction of the natural flora than in the experiments described in Example 5. Placebo vehicle, had no effect on CFUs.
EXAMPLE 7: Effect of Saliva on Antimicrobial Activity This Example demonstrates the effect of saliva on the antimicrobial activity of a variety of protegrin peptides, as measures by radial diffusion and reduction in CFUs.
7.1 Ex~erimental Protocol For the radial diffusion experiment, the radial diffusion assay of Qu, X - D et al., Infect Immun (1996) 6:1240-1245 was used, except that the media in the underlay agar contained phosphate buffer at 10 mM, pH6.5, 100 mM NaCl, 1% TSB, 1% agarose. The media in the overlay contain 10 mM
phosphate buffer, pH 6.5, 100 mM NaCl, 2XTSB, 1% agarose.
The peptides were diluted from 10X stock made up in 0.01%
acetic acid either with 10 mM acetate buffer (pH 5) or with saliva.
For the reduction of CFUs, the initial inoculum contained approximately 4 x 107 CFUs/mL saliva. Peptides (320 ~g/mL) were dissolved in 0.01% acetic acid and added as 1/10 volume to saliva.
-:
7.2 Results For the radial diffusion assay, the results are given as the ; n; ~1 concentration required to produce a detectable zone of clearance, or MCZ -- i.e., an extrapolated value to the x-axis when the co~c~ntration of peptide is plotted against the diameter of the zone. The results of the radial diffuion assay are shown in Table 6; the reduction in CFUs in Table 7. A large number of the peptides tested showed c ~rable or even ; ,~oved activity in the presence of saliva. Many of the peptides tested exhibited greater than a two-log reduction in oral CFUs, even at a low concentration of 320 ~g/mL (0.032% w/w).
Tabl~ 6 Effect of Diluent o~ MCZ (~g/mh) ~gainst E. coli 004 8~ Acetate 9al~
~u~er RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR 0.48 1.14 RGGGLCYARGWIAFCVGR 4.16 38.30 RGGGL~rKK~wlK~v~ 2.71 0.56 RGWGLCYCR~F~v~v~K 0.39 12.60 RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR~ 0.59 1.45 LCYCRRRFCVCF 4.14 6.11 RLCYCRPRFCVCV 3.36 6.83 LCYCRGRFCVCVGR 2.37 5.68 RLCYCRPRFCVCVGR 1.60 6.86 RWRLCYCRPRFCVCV 1.04 39.00 RGWRACYCRPRFCACVGR 0.71 1.84 GWRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR 0.86 47.50 RLCACRGRACVCV 13.70 9.76 WLCYCRRRFCVCV~ 5.05 36.00 RLCYCRXRFCVCV (X~MeGly) 2.43 2.54 RLCYCR~K~v~v~K~ 3.65 12.80 RGGGLCYCR~v~v~ 3.51 11.90 RRCYCRRRFCVCVGR 3.02 8.07 Peptides noted with ~ are acid forms; all other~ are amide ~orms.
w o 97/l88a7 PCT~US96/18845 T~bl~ 7 ~og Re~uction o~ CF~ endogenou~ flora in s liva a~ter 15 minutes exposure to pepti~e (320 ~g/ml) Sequence Log reduction CFUs RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR 1.80 RGGRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR 2.04 RGGGLCYKRGWIKFCVGR 1.09 RGWGLCYCRPRFCVCVGR 0.53 RLCYCRPRFCVCVGR 0.53 RGGGLCYTRPRFTVCVGR 1.05 RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR* 1.25 LCYCRGRFCVCVGR 1.02 RWRLCYCRPRFCVCV 0.22 RGWRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR 0.38 RGWRACYCRPRFCACVGR 0.28 GWRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR 0.26 XCYCRRRFCVCV (X=Cha)0.25 WLCYCRRRFCVCV* 0.16 RLCYCRXRFCVCV (X=MeGly) 3.43 RLCYCRPRFCVCVGR* 0.66 RGGGLCYCRPRFCVCVGR* 1.51 RXCFCRPRFCVCV (X=Cha)0.71 RWCFCRPRFCVCV 0.52 LCXCRRRXCVCV (X=Cha)0.23 RGGRLCYCRRRFCVC 0.86 L~Y~l~Kk~FTVCV 0.64 RRCYCRRRFCVCVGR 0.98 RLCYCRRRFCVCV* 0.21 RXRLCYCRZRFCVCV (X=Cha)<0.6 (Z=MeGly) RGWRLCYCRGRXCVCV (X=Cha)<0.6 RGLRXCYCRGRFCVCVGR (X=Cha) 1.65 RGWRGCYKRGRFKGCVGR <0.97 RGWRGCYCRXRFCGC (X=MeGly) <0.6 RGGLCYCRGRFCVCVGR 2.52 RTT~RTCYCRXRFCVCVGR (X=MeGly) 0.65 , W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 T~bl~ 7 ~og Re~uction of CFUs endogenous flora in saliva after 15 mi~utes oxposure to peptido (3~0 ~g/~l) Sequence Log reduction CFUs RLLRACYCRRFCVCVGR (X=MeGly) 2.11 RGGRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR* 2.16 RGWRLCYC~GRFCVCVGR 1.89 RGGRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR 2.53 RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCVGR 2.37 RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCV 2.07 RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCV* <0.97 WLCYCRRRFCVCV 1.87 * Peptides noted with ~ are acid form~; all other~ are amide form~.
EXAMPLE 8: Effect of Amidated OM-3 on Reducing Oral Microflora in Hamsters This Example demonstrates the efficacy of preferred peptide OM-3 in reducing the C~Us of natural oral microflora in the cheek pouches of hamsters.
8.1 ~erimental Protocol Peptide OM-3 (1 mg/ml or 5 mg/ml in an aqueous formulation containing hydL~y~Lopylmethylcellulose) was delivered to one cheek pouch of hamsters in a volume of 0.25 ml three times per day for 4 days. Dose groups consisted of 4 hamsters each. Beginning on the second day of dosing, the cheek pouches were swabbed approximately 4 or lS
hours after treatment. The swabs were placed in culture tubes containing lmL of 0.87% (wtv) NaCl and 0.1% (w/v) Tween-80 and refrigerated. All culture tubes were mixed virorously within 24 hours of sample collection. After mixing, a 0.1 mL
aliquot of undiluted sample and 0.1 mL aliquots of two 100-fold serial dilutions were spread onto standard blood agar SlJBSTlTUTlE SHEEr (RULE 26~
plates. Following incubation at 37~C for at least 24 hours, the number of CFUs per plate was determined.
8.2 Results The results of the experiment are presented in FIG.
2. In FIG. 2, open squares represent treatment with 1 mg/mL
peptide; filled s~uares treatment with 5 mg/mL. The arrows on the X-axis labelled "Rx" indicate the times at which the peptide was applied.
Historically, the number of CFUs in untreated hamsters is generally between 106 and 107 per swab. Compared to historic control values, a 1,000 to 10,000-fold (3-4 log) reduction in oral CFUs was consistently present 4 hours after OM-3 was applied. An expected regrowth of oral flora occurred by 15 hours after treatment. C~ _~rable results were obtained with PG-1.
LE 9: Effect of PG-1 On Oral Mucositis in Hamsters A hamster model for testing therapies effective against oral mucositis has been developed by Sonis et al .
(Sonis et al., 1990, oral Sura. Oral Med. Oral Pathol.
69:437-443; Sonis et al ., 1995, Oral Oncol. Eur. J. Cancer 31B:261-266). In this model, lesions of the oral mucosa are generated by treating the ~ni -1 with the chemotherapeutic agent, 5-fluo~ou.acil (5-FU), followed by ~chAnical abrasion of the cheek pouch. The appearance and time course of the resulting lesions in the hamster oral mucosa closely resemble those seen in the human clinical situation. This experiment demonstrates the ability of native PG-1 to reduce the severity of oral mucositis in this model.
9.1 Ex~erimental Protocol Thirty male hamsters were administered 60 mg/kg of 5-FU intraperitoneally on days 1 and 3 followed by superficial abrasion of the left cheek pouch on day 5. The hamsters were subsequently randomized into two groups, and beginning on day 6, were treated by direct application of SIJBSTITUTE SHEEI (RULE 26) -CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 0.5 ml placebo vehicle (2% methocel K4M, ~0% propylene glycol, 10% glycerol, 10mM acetate buffer) or PG-1 ~ormulation (2 mg/ml in the same vehicle) to the mucosa of the left cheek, 6 times per day for 11 days. Mucositis scores were determined by grading coded photographs of the hamster cheek pouch using a stA~rdized 10-point severity scale (Sonis et al., 1995, supra) 9.2 Results The results of the experiment are presented in FIGs. 3 and 4; oral mucositis scores are presented in FIG. 3;
percent change in body weight in FIG. 4. In FIGS. 3 and 4, open squares designate treatment with placebo vehicle; closed squares treatment with PG-1. The asterisks in the FIGS.
indicates statistical significance (p<0.05).
As can be seen in FIG. 3, peak severity of mucositis was ~; inished in the group treated with PG-1. In addition, PG-1 treatment allowed the ~n; -lS to gain weight normally, as opposed to the CollLLol Ani ~ which lost weight, presumably as a result of the severe oral lesions inhibiting food intake (FIG. 4).
The number of CFUs obt~i n~ after 2, 6 and 10 days of treatment are presented in Table 8, below. Oral cultures collected after 2, 6 and 10 days of treatment with PG-1 showed at least a 100Dfold reduction ~2 logl0) in oral flora CFUs relative to the vehicle controls. This study with PG-1 demonstrates a correlation between reduction in oral CFUs and clinical benefit.
Reduction In ~ral Colony Forming ~nits ~CFUs) Treatment Vehicle CFUs PG-1 CFUsLog10 Day Reduction In CFUs 2 9.33 x 105 8.9 x 103 2.02 6 6.4~7 x 106 2.9 x 104 2.33 10 4.786 x 106 3.2 x 104 2.18 CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 WO 97tl8827 PCT~US96/18845 E~AMPLE 10: ~ffect of OM-3 Oral Mucositis in Hamsters This Example demonstrates the ability of OM-3 to reduce the severity of oral mucositis in the hamster pre-clinical model.
10.1 Ex~erimental Protocol The progression of oral mucositis in the cheek pouch of hamsters was evaluated following topical application of placebo vehicle or OM-3 formulation. Chlorh~x;~;ne gluconate, an agent that has been used to treat oral mucositis, was ~' ;n;ctered for purposes of ~ rison.
Male golden Syrian hamsters were randomly assigned to 4 treatment groups consisting of 20 Ani -lq each.
Mucositis was ;n~ll~ by dosing the hamsters intraperitoneally with 80 mg/kg of 5-FU on days 1 and 4 followed by superficial irritation of the mucosa on day 5.
The hamsters were Al' ; n;~tered 0.5 ml of test for~u}ation by topical application to the left cheek pouch six times per day from day 5 through day 10 and five times on day 11. The test formulations were placebo HPMC gel (group 1; vehicle controls), HPMC gel with 0.~ or 2.0 mg/ml of OM-3 (groups 3 and 4, respectively), or 1.2 mg/ml chlorhexidine gluconate (group 2). OM-3 doses were 0.25 and 1.0 mg/application; the dose of chlorhexidine was 0.6 mg/application. The left cheek pouch of each hamster was everted and photographed on days 6, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 15. At the conclusion of the observation period, the photographs were coded and evaluated indep~n~ntly under code by three trained observers. Body weights were record daily from day 5 through day 18. Oral culture samples were obt~ine~ on the third and seventh days of treatment by swabbing the left cheek pouch of 5 hamsters per group with a cotton-tipped applicator. CFUs were detel in~ by suspending the cultures in physiologic saline and plating the suspensions onto st~n~rd blood agar plates.
Surviving hamsters were euthanized on day 18.
=
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W ~ 97/188~7 PCTAUS96/1884 10.2 Results The results of the experiments are presented in FIGS. 5 and 6. FIG. 5 is a graphical representation of the progression of oral mucositis in each of the four treatment groups; FIG. 6 is a graphical representation of the change in body weight of each of the four treatment ~L~U~. In both FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 triangles represent treatment with placebo vehicle; squares with chlorhexidine, diamonds with 0.25mg/application OM-3 and circles 1.0 mg/application OM-3).
Asterisks represent statistical significance (p<0.05). CFUs determined on the third and seventh day of treatment for each of the four groups are presented in Table 9, below.
ORAL CF~s IN ~AX8T~R8 ~IT~ ORAL MUCO8STI8 Treatment Treatment ~ay 3 Treatment Day 7 (avg. CFUs/swab) (avg. CFUs/swab) Vehicle 4.07 x 106 8.85 x 105 Chlorhexidine 2.48 x 103 6.32 x 10~
OM-3 (0.25 mg) 7.29 x 103 3.78 x 103 OM-3 (1.0 mg) 3.37 x 102 4.76 x 102 Beginning on study day 11 and cont;n~ing through the last day of observaticn (day 15), mucositis scores were significantly lower (p < 0.05) in hamsters treated with OM-3 when c~ -~ed to the vehicle-treated controls. There was no apparent difference in averaged scores between ~ni ~1~ given 0.25 or 1.0 mg of OM-3 per application (0.5 and 2.0 mg/ml, respectively). Among hamsters a~ ;n;stered chlorhexidine, mucositis scores t~n~e~ to be lower than in the vehicle C:GllLlols on days 11, 12 and 13; however, none of the differences were statistically significant. The mean body weight gain of hamsters receiving 0.25 mg of OM-3 per application t~n~e~ to be higher than that of the vehicle ~l,LLols during the interval from day 9 to day 18. The differences were statistically significant on days 10, 16, 17, and 18.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCrAJS96/18845 oral CFUs in ~ni ~l~ receiving OM-3 were generally reduced in a concentration-dependent manner. Survival was generally comparable across all treatment groups.
EXAMPLE 11: Dose-Response of OM-3 Against Oral Mucositis in Hamsters This Example demonstrates the dose-response of OM-3 (SEQ
ID NO:3) treatment in the hamster pre-clinical oral mucositis model.
11.1 ExPerimental Protocol Male golden Syrian hamsters were r~n~ ly assigned to 4 treatment yLGu~ consisting of 20 Ani ~lfi each.
Mucositis was in~l~ce~ by dosing the hamsters intraperitoneally with 5-f 1UOI OUL acil (5-~U) on days l and 3 followed by superficial irritation of the mucosa on days 5 and 6. The hamsters were ~' inistered 0.5 ml of test formulation by topical application to the left cheek pouch six times per day from day 5 through day 12. Vehicle and formulations con~in;ng 0.12, 0.5, and 2.0 milligrams of OM-3 per milliliter were delivered at doses of 0 (vehicle) 0.06, 0.25 and 1.0 milligrams of OM-3 per application, respectively. The left cheek pouch of each hamster was everted and photographed on day 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15 and 17 for assessment of oral mucositis. Body weights were recorded daily from day 5 through day 17. Culture samples obtained 1 and 3 hours after dosing on the ~ourth and seventh days of treatment were used to determine mucosal levels of bacteria. Surviving hamsters were euthanatized on day 17.
11.2 Results Treatment of hamsters with OM-3 resulted in a dose-~pen~ent reduction in the severity and duration of oral mucositis. Relative to the vehicle controls, mucositis scores were significantly lower (p<0.05) in each OM-3-treated group on day 6, the day after treatment began. Mucositis scores were also significantly lower on day 8 among hamsters receiving 0.25 milligrams of OM-3 per application and were CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 significantly lower on days 8 and 9 in hamsters receiving 1.0 milligram of OM-3 per applicatiOn. Among hamsters receiving 1.0 milligram of OM-3 per application, body weight gain was significantly greater than the vehicle controls on days 11, 13, 14 and 16. Oral colony forming units (CFUs) in An; ~ls receiving 0.06 or 0.25 milligrams of OM-3 per application were reduced in a dose-d~p~n~nt -~nner, Comparable reductions in oral CFUs were present among animals in the mid- and high-dose groups. On the fourth day of treatment, mean bacterial counts of the vehicle-control, low-dose, mid-dose, and high-dose groups were the 3.4 x 105, 9.4 x 1o2, 1.6 x 10l, and 2.3 x lol, respectively, at the ~-hour postdosing time point and were 1.4 x 106, 6.8 x 103, 8.8 x lo1 , and 3.3 x 101, respectively, at the 3-hour postdosing time point.
Similar OM-3 related reductions in CFUs were present at l and 3 hours postdosing on the seventh day of treatment. When c _-red to the vehicle-control group, survival was generally higher in groups receiving OM-3.
The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the exemplified embo~; ?~ts, which are int~n~e~ as illustrations of single aspects of the invention. Tn~e~, various modifications of the invention in addition to those described herein will become apparent to those having s~ill in the art from the foregoing description and acc ~nying drawings. Such modifications are intended to fall with in the scope of the App~n~e~ claims.
All references cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes.
W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 LE 4: In Vitro Antimïcrobial Activity of PG-1 (SE0 ID NO:1) The antimicrobial activity of PG-1 (as well as other protegrins) is described in WO 95/03325 (pu~lished February 2, 1995). Briefly, PG-l exhibits broad spectrum anti-microbial activit:y, ~eing e~L~- ?ly effective against L.
monocytogenes, strain EGD, C. albicans, S. aureus, R.
pneumoniae 270, P. aeruginosa, S. ty~hi rlum, E. capsulatum, mycobacterium avlum-lntracellulare and myco~acterium tuberculosis. Antimicrobial activity is observed in the presence of 90% fetal calf serum.
~AMPLE 5: In Yltro Antimicrobial Activity of 0~-3 (SEQ ID NO:3) Against Pathogens Associated With oral Mucositis This Example demonstrates the antimicrobial activity of the native form of preferred peptide OM-3 against pathogen associated with oral mucositis. Although more than 200 species of microorg~n;! - have been isolated from the oropharynx, individua]. surfaces of the oral cavity are dominated by specific SU~yLOu~s (Liljemark et al., 1994, In:
Oral Microbioloqv and ImmunoloaY, pp. 120-128, Nisengard and Newman, Eds., Saunders Co., ph;l A~el phia). In the saliva and buccal mucosa, alpha and non-hemolytic ~L,epLococci are most prevalent (Loeshe, 1994, In: Oral Microbioloqv and ImmunoloqY, pp. 307-315, Nisengard and Newman, Eds., Saunders Co., Philadelphia). S. salivarius, a representative species of this group, was tested in the radial diffusion assay described above (except that fetal calf serum was added to the overlay at 10%) to determine susceptibility to peptide OM-3.
While Gram-positive bacteria are the most common flora in the oral cavity, lower levels of Gram-negative bacteria and fungi are also present. To determine the efficacy of OM-3 against a wider range of potential pathogens, the MICs (with and without HSA or BSA) of the peptide against a variety of pathogens, including methicillin sensitive and resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MSSA, MRSA, respectively), W O g7/18827 PCT~US96/1884S
vancomycin resistant E. faeciu~ (VREF), P. aeruginosa, E. coli, R. ~e - n i~e, Serratia marcescens, Proteus mirabilis, and C. albicans was determined using the modified NCCLS method described above.
5.1 Results T.;l~e;?r regression analysis of the zone af growth inhibition of S. salivarius plotted against OM-3 concentration indicated that the i n; concentration for inhibition of growth (MCZ) for OM-3 is 0.38 ~g/ml.
The MICs obt~;n~ for OM-3 are provided in Tables 4 and 5, below. In Table 4, the MIC values represent the average of three determinations of the concentration in the first well with no growth. In Table 5, the data represents the average of three determinations for each individual strain tested. In general, the MIC values obtained for each organism were equal to the m; n; bactericidal concentration (MBC) observed for the same organism (data not shown).
M; ni Inhibitory Concentrations (MIC) of OM-3 With HSA or BSA
Microorganism MIC (~g/ml) MSSA
VREE 0.25 P. aeruginosa 1.3 E. coli 0.25 R. ~ne~ ,nfae S. marcescens 16 P. mirabilis 128 C. albicans 8 W O 97/18827 PCT~S96/18845 Tab1e 5 ~~~n; Inhibitory ConOQntrations ~tIC) of ON--3 No, MIC (~g/mL) A8say Medium Organism Type GenuS-~peCles Strains Low ~igh Mueller HintonGram-positiv~ E~ntc~veL).~.~3 faec~lisVSE 1 2 ~roth ~ntcl ~O~S fl~clli~VSE 2 2 4 En~e~-U-.us faecium VRE 3 0.25 0.5 S~Aphylococc~s sureus MSSA 16 1 4 Staphylocoecu3 ~ureus MRSA 3 1 2 Staphylococous epid~rmidi~ MSSE 14 0.13 0.
Staphylococcu~ ~ri~m~ MRSE 2 Staphyloeoeeu~ ~livarius 2 0.2 Gram-negative ,~in~t~rer c~lco~ceticu~ 4 0.06 2 R~h~rirhia coli 5 0.25 Xlcbsiella p- iA~ 4 1 5 eruginosa 18 1 8 Serr~ti~ ma ce~ccn~ 16 16 ~256 Mueller Hinton Gr~m-po3itive Co~ynebacterium mi~utissimum 1 0.25 Broth with 2% Cv y.,_~.. L~rium 1 0.Z5 1 0 Lysed horse ~ ~ ''rtheriae 1 0.25 blood~ Corync-bacterium ~trintum 1 0.25 cQryn~ - ~i group G1 1 0.Z5 C~.~.. _~a.Le~um group G2 16 1.3 16 S, c~Lr,.~ , ine 2 16 27 SL~, t~ mitl~(10 t2 tese) 14 4 64 S~ L.~ ~ 3~mgu15 Gr~m-negative ~- ,'i7u~ in~1uenza 15 1 8 M~.~Y_77a ~P. 12 0.2 0.8 Ncis~c-ria meningitidi~ 1 8 Mueller Hinton Candida albie~ns 1 8 Broth ~MICa in Mueller Hinton Broth e~n. ~inin~ lyged horse blood ar~ approximately 4-8 eimes higher due eo iuLc~Lc _~..c from blood r , ~ ~ det~-min~ by MIC for MRL~iA: 4 in MHB; 16 in MHB ~ LHB.
EXAMPLE 6: Bactericidal Activity of OM-3 Against Natural Flora in Human Saliva This Example demonstrates the ability of preferred peptide OM-3 to decrease CFUs of bacteria found in pooled normal human saliva.
6.1 Ex~erimental Protocol Peptide OM-3 (20 mM sodium acetate, pH 5) or placebo vehicle was mixed 1:1 with saliva. At 1, 2, 4, 8 and W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 16 minutes after ;~;ng, aliqùots were plated onto Trypticase Soy Agar cont~;ning 10% fetal bovine serum, and the plates were incubated overnight at 37~C.
6.2 Results The results of the experiment are presented in FIG. 1. The data clearly demonstrate that OM-3 kills oral microflora within 2 minutes, in a concentration ~ep~ndent manner. Since saliva contains many negatively charged glycoproteins such as mucin which may bind the peptide (Bansil et al., 1995, Annu. Rev. PhYsiol. 57:635-57), higher concentrations of OM-3 were required for effective reduction of the natural flora than in the experiments described in Example 5. Placebo vehicle, had no effect on CFUs.
EXAMPLE 7: Effect of Saliva on Antimicrobial Activity This Example demonstrates the effect of saliva on the antimicrobial activity of a variety of protegrin peptides, as measures by radial diffusion and reduction in CFUs.
7.1 Ex~erimental Protocol For the radial diffusion experiment, the radial diffusion assay of Qu, X - D et al., Infect Immun (1996) 6:1240-1245 was used, except that the media in the underlay agar contained phosphate buffer at 10 mM, pH6.5, 100 mM NaCl, 1% TSB, 1% agarose. The media in the overlay contain 10 mM
phosphate buffer, pH 6.5, 100 mM NaCl, 2XTSB, 1% agarose.
The peptides were diluted from 10X stock made up in 0.01%
acetic acid either with 10 mM acetate buffer (pH 5) or with saliva.
For the reduction of CFUs, the initial inoculum contained approximately 4 x 107 CFUs/mL saliva. Peptides (320 ~g/mL) were dissolved in 0.01% acetic acid and added as 1/10 volume to saliva.
-:
7.2 Results For the radial diffusion assay, the results are given as the ; n; ~1 concentration required to produce a detectable zone of clearance, or MCZ -- i.e., an extrapolated value to the x-axis when the co~c~ntration of peptide is plotted against the diameter of the zone. The results of the radial diffuion assay are shown in Table 6; the reduction in CFUs in Table 7. A large number of the peptides tested showed c ~rable or even ; ,~oved activity in the presence of saliva. Many of the peptides tested exhibited greater than a two-log reduction in oral CFUs, even at a low concentration of 320 ~g/mL (0.032% w/w).
Tabl~ 6 Effect of Diluent o~ MCZ (~g/mh) ~gainst E. coli 004 8~ Acetate 9al~
~u~er RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR 0.48 1.14 RGGGLCYARGWIAFCVGR 4.16 38.30 RGGGL~rKK~wlK~v~ 2.71 0.56 RGWGLCYCR~F~v~v~K 0.39 12.60 RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR~ 0.59 1.45 LCYCRRRFCVCF 4.14 6.11 RLCYCRPRFCVCV 3.36 6.83 LCYCRGRFCVCVGR 2.37 5.68 RLCYCRPRFCVCVGR 1.60 6.86 RWRLCYCRPRFCVCV 1.04 39.00 RGWRACYCRPRFCACVGR 0.71 1.84 GWRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR 0.86 47.50 RLCACRGRACVCV 13.70 9.76 WLCYCRRRFCVCV~ 5.05 36.00 RLCYCRXRFCVCV (X~MeGly) 2.43 2.54 RLCYCR~K~v~v~K~ 3.65 12.80 RGGGLCYCR~v~v~ 3.51 11.90 RRCYCRRRFCVCVGR 3.02 8.07 Peptides noted with ~ are acid forms; all other~ are amide ~orms.
w o 97/l88a7 PCT~US96/18845 T~bl~ 7 ~og Re~uction o~ CF~ endogenou~ flora in s liva a~ter 15 minutes exposure to pepti~e (320 ~g/ml) Sequence Log reduction CFUs RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR 1.80 RGGRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR 2.04 RGGGLCYKRGWIKFCVGR 1.09 RGWGLCYCRPRFCVCVGR 0.53 RLCYCRPRFCVCVGR 0.53 RGGGLCYTRPRFTVCVGR 1.05 RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR* 1.25 LCYCRGRFCVCVGR 1.02 RWRLCYCRPRFCVCV 0.22 RGWRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR 0.38 RGWRACYCRPRFCACVGR 0.28 GWRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR 0.26 XCYCRRRFCVCV (X=Cha)0.25 WLCYCRRRFCVCV* 0.16 RLCYCRXRFCVCV (X=MeGly) 3.43 RLCYCRPRFCVCVGR* 0.66 RGGGLCYCRPRFCVCVGR* 1.51 RXCFCRPRFCVCV (X=Cha)0.71 RWCFCRPRFCVCV 0.52 LCXCRRRXCVCV (X=Cha)0.23 RGGRLCYCRRRFCVC 0.86 L~Y~l~Kk~FTVCV 0.64 RRCYCRRRFCVCVGR 0.98 RLCYCRRRFCVCV* 0.21 RXRLCYCRZRFCVCV (X=Cha)<0.6 (Z=MeGly) RGWRLCYCRGRXCVCV (X=Cha)<0.6 RGLRXCYCRGRFCVCVGR (X=Cha) 1.65 RGWRGCYKRGRFKGCVGR <0.97 RGWRGCYCRXRFCGC (X=MeGly) <0.6 RGGLCYCRGRFCVCVGR 2.52 RTT~RTCYCRXRFCVCVGR (X=MeGly) 0.65 , W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 T~bl~ 7 ~og Re~uction of CFUs endogenous flora in saliva after 15 mi~utes oxposure to peptido (3~0 ~g/~l) Sequence Log reduction CFUs RLLRACYCRRFCVCVGR (X=MeGly) 2.11 RGGRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR* 2.16 RGWRLCYC~GRFCVCVGR 1.89 RGGRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR 2.53 RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCVGR 2.37 RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCV 2.07 RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCV* <0.97 WLCYCRRRFCVCV 1.87 * Peptides noted with ~ are acid form~; all other~ are amide form~.
EXAMPLE 8: Effect of Amidated OM-3 on Reducing Oral Microflora in Hamsters This Example demonstrates the efficacy of preferred peptide OM-3 in reducing the C~Us of natural oral microflora in the cheek pouches of hamsters.
8.1 ~erimental Protocol Peptide OM-3 (1 mg/ml or 5 mg/ml in an aqueous formulation containing hydL~y~Lopylmethylcellulose) was delivered to one cheek pouch of hamsters in a volume of 0.25 ml three times per day for 4 days. Dose groups consisted of 4 hamsters each. Beginning on the second day of dosing, the cheek pouches were swabbed approximately 4 or lS
hours after treatment. The swabs were placed in culture tubes containing lmL of 0.87% (wtv) NaCl and 0.1% (w/v) Tween-80 and refrigerated. All culture tubes were mixed virorously within 24 hours of sample collection. After mixing, a 0.1 mL
aliquot of undiluted sample and 0.1 mL aliquots of two 100-fold serial dilutions were spread onto standard blood agar SlJBSTlTUTlE SHEEr (RULE 26~
plates. Following incubation at 37~C for at least 24 hours, the number of CFUs per plate was determined.
8.2 Results The results of the experiment are presented in FIG.
2. In FIG. 2, open squares represent treatment with 1 mg/mL
peptide; filled s~uares treatment with 5 mg/mL. The arrows on the X-axis labelled "Rx" indicate the times at which the peptide was applied.
Historically, the number of CFUs in untreated hamsters is generally between 106 and 107 per swab. Compared to historic control values, a 1,000 to 10,000-fold (3-4 log) reduction in oral CFUs was consistently present 4 hours after OM-3 was applied. An expected regrowth of oral flora occurred by 15 hours after treatment. C~ _~rable results were obtained with PG-1.
LE 9: Effect of PG-1 On Oral Mucositis in Hamsters A hamster model for testing therapies effective against oral mucositis has been developed by Sonis et al .
(Sonis et al., 1990, oral Sura. Oral Med. Oral Pathol.
69:437-443; Sonis et al ., 1995, Oral Oncol. Eur. J. Cancer 31B:261-266). In this model, lesions of the oral mucosa are generated by treating the ~ni -1 with the chemotherapeutic agent, 5-fluo~ou.acil (5-FU), followed by ~chAnical abrasion of the cheek pouch. The appearance and time course of the resulting lesions in the hamster oral mucosa closely resemble those seen in the human clinical situation. This experiment demonstrates the ability of native PG-1 to reduce the severity of oral mucositis in this model.
9.1 Ex~erimental Protocol Thirty male hamsters were administered 60 mg/kg of 5-FU intraperitoneally on days 1 and 3 followed by superficial abrasion of the left cheek pouch on day 5. The hamsters were subsequently randomized into two groups, and beginning on day 6, were treated by direct application of SIJBSTITUTE SHEEI (RULE 26) -CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCT~US96/18845 0.5 ml placebo vehicle (2% methocel K4M, ~0% propylene glycol, 10% glycerol, 10mM acetate buffer) or PG-1 ~ormulation (2 mg/ml in the same vehicle) to the mucosa of the left cheek, 6 times per day for 11 days. Mucositis scores were determined by grading coded photographs of the hamster cheek pouch using a stA~rdized 10-point severity scale (Sonis et al., 1995, supra) 9.2 Results The results of the experiment are presented in FIGs. 3 and 4; oral mucositis scores are presented in FIG. 3;
percent change in body weight in FIG. 4. In FIGS. 3 and 4, open squares designate treatment with placebo vehicle; closed squares treatment with PG-1. The asterisks in the FIGS.
indicates statistical significance (p<0.05).
As can be seen in FIG. 3, peak severity of mucositis was ~; inished in the group treated with PG-1. In addition, PG-1 treatment allowed the ~n; -lS to gain weight normally, as opposed to the CollLLol Ani ~ which lost weight, presumably as a result of the severe oral lesions inhibiting food intake (FIG. 4).
The number of CFUs obt~i n~ after 2, 6 and 10 days of treatment are presented in Table 8, below. Oral cultures collected after 2, 6 and 10 days of treatment with PG-1 showed at least a 100Dfold reduction ~2 logl0) in oral flora CFUs relative to the vehicle controls. This study with PG-1 demonstrates a correlation between reduction in oral CFUs and clinical benefit.
Reduction In ~ral Colony Forming ~nits ~CFUs) Treatment Vehicle CFUs PG-1 CFUsLog10 Day Reduction In CFUs 2 9.33 x 105 8.9 x 103 2.02 6 6.4~7 x 106 2.9 x 104 2.33 10 4.786 x 106 3.2 x 104 2.18 CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 WO 97tl8827 PCT~US96/18845 E~AMPLE 10: ~ffect of OM-3 Oral Mucositis in Hamsters This Example demonstrates the ability of OM-3 to reduce the severity of oral mucositis in the hamster pre-clinical model.
10.1 Ex~erimental Protocol The progression of oral mucositis in the cheek pouch of hamsters was evaluated following topical application of placebo vehicle or OM-3 formulation. Chlorh~x;~;ne gluconate, an agent that has been used to treat oral mucositis, was ~' ;n;ctered for purposes of ~ rison.
Male golden Syrian hamsters were randomly assigned to 4 treatment groups consisting of 20 Ani -lq each.
Mucositis was ;n~ll~ by dosing the hamsters intraperitoneally with 80 mg/kg of 5-FU on days 1 and 4 followed by superficial irritation of the mucosa on day 5.
The hamsters were Al' ; n;~tered 0.5 ml of test for~u}ation by topical application to the left cheek pouch six times per day from day 5 through day 10 and five times on day 11. The test formulations were placebo HPMC gel (group 1; vehicle controls), HPMC gel with 0.~ or 2.0 mg/ml of OM-3 (groups 3 and 4, respectively), or 1.2 mg/ml chlorhexidine gluconate (group 2). OM-3 doses were 0.25 and 1.0 mg/application; the dose of chlorhexidine was 0.6 mg/application. The left cheek pouch of each hamster was everted and photographed on days 6, 8, 10, 11, 12, 13, and 15. At the conclusion of the observation period, the photographs were coded and evaluated indep~n~ntly under code by three trained observers. Body weights were record daily from day 5 through day 18. Oral culture samples were obt~ine~ on the third and seventh days of treatment by swabbing the left cheek pouch of 5 hamsters per group with a cotton-tipped applicator. CFUs were detel in~ by suspending the cultures in physiologic saline and plating the suspensions onto st~n~rd blood agar plates.
Surviving hamsters were euthanized on day 18.
=
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W ~ 97/188~7 PCTAUS96/1884 10.2 Results The results of the experiments are presented in FIGS. 5 and 6. FIG. 5 is a graphical representation of the progression of oral mucositis in each of the four treatment groups; FIG. 6 is a graphical representation of the change in body weight of each of the four treatment ~L~U~. In both FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 triangles represent treatment with placebo vehicle; squares with chlorhexidine, diamonds with 0.25mg/application OM-3 and circles 1.0 mg/application OM-3).
Asterisks represent statistical significance (p<0.05). CFUs determined on the third and seventh day of treatment for each of the four groups are presented in Table 9, below.
ORAL CF~s IN ~AX8T~R8 ~IT~ ORAL MUCO8STI8 Treatment Treatment ~ay 3 Treatment Day 7 (avg. CFUs/swab) (avg. CFUs/swab) Vehicle 4.07 x 106 8.85 x 105 Chlorhexidine 2.48 x 103 6.32 x 10~
OM-3 (0.25 mg) 7.29 x 103 3.78 x 103 OM-3 (1.0 mg) 3.37 x 102 4.76 x 102 Beginning on study day 11 and cont;n~ing through the last day of observaticn (day 15), mucositis scores were significantly lower (p < 0.05) in hamsters treated with OM-3 when c~ -~ed to the vehicle-treated controls. There was no apparent difference in averaged scores between ~ni ~1~ given 0.25 or 1.0 mg of OM-3 per application (0.5 and 2.0 mg/ml, respectively). Among hamsters a~ ;n;stered chlorhexidine, mucositis scores t~n~e~ to be lower than in the vehicle C:GllLlols on days 11, 12 and 13; however, none of the differences were statistically significant. The mean body weight gain of hamsters receiving 0.25 mg of OM-3 per application t~n~e~ to be higher than that of the vehicle ~l,LLols during the interval from day 9 to day 18. The differences were statistically significant on days 10, 16, 17, and 18.
CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 W O 97/18827 PCrAJS96/18845 oral CFUs in ~ni ~l~ receiving OM-3 were generally reduced in a concentration-dependent manner. Survival was generally comparable across all treatment groups.
EXAMPLE 11: Dose-Response of OM-3 Against Oral Mucositis in Hamsters This Example demonstrates the dose-response of OM-3 (SEQ
ID NO:3) treatment in the hamster pre-clinical oral mucositis model.
11.1 ExPerimental Protocol Male golden Syrian hamsters were r~n~ ly assigned to 4 treatment yLGu~ consisting of 20 Ani ~lfi each.
Mucositis was in~l~ce~ by dosing the hamsters intraperitoneally with 5-f 1UOI OUL acil (5-~U) on days l and 3 followed by superficial irritation of the mucosa on days 5 and 6. The hamsters were ~' inistered 0.5 ml of test formulation by topical application to the left cheek pouch six times per day from day 5 through day 12. Vehicle and formulations con~in;ng 0.12, 0.5, and 2.0 milligrams of OM-3 per milliliter were delivered at doses of 0 (vehicle) 0.06, 0.25 and 1.0 milligrams of OM-3 per application, respectively. The left cheek pouch of each hamster was everted and photographed on day 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15 and 17 for assessment of oral mucositis. Body weights were recorded daily from day 5 through day 17. Culture samples obtained 1 and 3 hours after dosing on the ~ourth and seventh days of treatment were used to determine mucosal levels of bacteria. Surviving hamsters were euthanatized on day 17.
11.2 Results Treatment of hamsters with OM-3 resulted in a dose-~pen~ent reduction in the severity and duration of oral mucositis. Relative to the vehicle controls, mucositis scores were significantly lower (p<0.05) in each OM-3-treated group on day 6, the day after treatment began. Mucositis scores were also significantly lower on day 8 among hamsters receiving 0.25 milligrams of OM-3 per application and were CA 02238429 1998-0~-22 significantly lower on days 8 and 9 in hamsters receiving 1.0 milligram of OM-3 per applicatiOn. Among hamsters receiving 1.0 milligram of OM-3 per application, body weight gain was significantly greater than the vehicle controls on days 11, 13, 14 and 16. Oral colony forming units (CFUs) in An; ~ls receiving 0.06 or 0.25 milligrams of OM-3 per application were reduced in a dose-d~p~n~nt -~nner, Comparable reductions in oral CFUs were present among animals in the mid- and high-dose groups. On the fourth day of treatment, mean bacterial counts of the vehicle-control, low-dose, mid-dose, and high-dose groups were the 3.4 x 105, 9.4 x 1o2, 1.6 x 10l, and 2.3 x lol, respectively, at the ~-hour postdosing time point and were 1.4 x 106, 6.8 x 103, 8.8 x lo1 , and 3.3 x 101, respectively, at the 3-hour postdosing time point.
Similar OM-3 related reductions in CFUs were present at l and 3 hours postdosing on the seventh day of treatment. When c _-red to the vehicle-control group, survival was generally higher in groups receiving OM-3.
The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the exemplified embo~; ?~ts, which are int~n~e~ as illustrations of single aspects of the invention. Tn~e~, various modifications of the invention in addition to those described herein will become apparent to those having s~ill in the art from the foregoing description and acc ~nying drawings. Such modifications are intended to fall with in the scope of the App~n~e~ claims.
All references cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties for all purposes.
Claims (20)
1. A method of treating or preventing oral mucositis in an animal, said method comprising the step of topically administering to the oral cavity of said animal a therapeutically effective amount of an antimicrobial peptide.
2. The method of Claim 1, wherein said antimicrobial peptide is a protegrin peptide or congener thereof.
3. The method of Claim 1, wherein said peptide has the formula:
(I) X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-C6-X7-C8-X9-X10-X11-X12-C13-X14-C15-X16-X17-X18 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or N-terminal acylated or C-terminal amidated or esterified form thereof, wherein:
each of C8 and C13 is independently present or not present, and if present each is independently a cysteine-like, basic, small, polar/large or hydrophobic;
each of C6 and C15 is independently a cysteine-like, basic, small, polar/large or hydrophobic amino acid;
each of X1-X5 is independently present or not present, and if present each is independently a basic, hydrophobic, polar/large, or small amino acid;
each of X7 and X14 is independently a hydrophobic or a small amino acid;
each of X9 and X12 is independently present or not present;
X9-X12 taken together are capable of effecting a reverse turn when contained in the amino acid sequence of formula (I) and at least one of X9-X12 must be a basic amino acid;
each of X16-X18 is independently present or not present, and if present each is independently a basic, hydrophobic, polar/large or small amino acid;
and wherein at least about 15% up to about 50% of the amino acids comprising said antimicrobial peptide are basic amino acids such that said antimicrobial peptide has a net charge of at least +1 at physiological pH.
(I) X1-X2-X3-X4-X5-C6-X7-C8-X9-X10-X11-X12-C13-X14-C15-X16-X17-X18 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or N-terminal acylated or C-terminal amidated or esterified form thereof, wherein:
each of C8 and C13 is independently present or not present, and if present each is independently a cysteine-like, basic, small, polar/large or hydrophobic;
each of C6 and C15 is independently a cysteine-like, basic, small, polar/large or hydrophobic amino acid;
each of X1-X5 is independently present or not present, and if present each is independently a basic, hydrophobic, polar/large, or small amino acid;
each of X7 and X14 is independently a hydrophobic or a small amino acid;
each of X9 and X12 is independently present or not present;
X9-X12 taken together are capable of effecting a reverse turn when contained in the amino acid sequence of formula (I) and at least one of X9-X12 must be a basic amino acid;
each of X16-X18 is independently present or not present, and if present each is independently a basic, hydrophobic, polar/large or small amino acid;
and wherein at least about 15% up to about 50% of the amino acids comprising said antimicrobial peptide are basic amino acids such that said antimicrobial peptide has a net charge of at least +1 at physiological pH.
4. The method of Claim 3, wherein X1 is either present or absent, and if present is a basic amino acid;
X2 is either present or absent, and if present is a small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X3 is either present or absent, and if present is a small or hydrophobic amino acid;
X4 is either present or absent, and if present is a small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X5 is a small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
C6 is a cysteine-like amino acid;
X7 is a small or hydrophobic amino acid;
C8 is a cysteine-like, small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X9 is a basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X10 is a small or basic amino acid or proline;
X11 is a basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X12 is a hydrophobic amino acid C13 is a cysteine-like, small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X14 is a small or hydrophobic amino acid;
C15 is a cysteine-like amino acid;
X16 is either present or absent, and if present is a hydrophobic amino acid;
X17 is either present or absent, and if present is a small amino acid; and X18 is either present or absent, and if present is a basic amino acid.
X2 is either present or absent, and if present is a small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X3 is either present or absent, and if present is a small or hydrophobic amino acid;
X4 is either present or absent, and if present is a small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X5 is a small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
C6 is a cysteine-like amino acid;
X7 is a small or hydrophobic amino acid;
C8 is a cysteine-like, small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X9 is a basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X10 is a small or basic amino acid or proline;
X11 is a basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X12 is a hydrophobic amino acid C13 is a cysteine-like, small, basic or hydrophobic amino acid;
X14 is a small or hydrophobic amino acid;
C15 is a cysteine-like amino acid;
X16 is either present or absent, and if present is a hydrophobic amino acid;
X17 is either present or absent, and if present is a small amino acid; and X18 is either present or absent, and if present is a basic amino acid.
5. The method of Claim 4, wherein X1 is R; X2 is absent or R, G or L; X3 is absent or G, L, W or Cha; X4 is absent or R, G or W; X5 is R, G, A, L, V, W or Cha; C6 is C; X7 is A, Y, F or Cha; C8 is C, K, A or T; X9 is R, F, W, Y or L; X10 is R, G, MeGly or P; X11 is R, W, F or Cha; X12 is F, I, Y, W or Cha;
C13 is C, K, A or T; X14 is G, A, V or F; X15 is C; X16 is absent or V, F; X17 is absent or G; and X18 is absent or R.
C13 is C, K, A or T; X14 is G, A, V or F; X15 is C; X16 is absent or V, F; X17 is absent or G; and X18 is absent or R.
6. The method of Claim 1, wherein said peptide is selected from the group consisting of:
(OM-1) RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:l);
(OM-2) RGGRLCYCRRRCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:2);
(OM-3) RGGLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:3);
(OM-4) RLLRACYCRXRFCVCVGR (X=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:4);
(OM-5) RGGRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:5);
(OM-6) RGGGLCYKRGWIKFCVGR (SEQ ID NO:6);
(OM-7) RGWGLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:7);
(OM-8) RLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:8);
(OM-9) RGGGLCYTRPRFTVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:9);
(OM-10) LCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:10);
(OM-11) RWRLCYCRPRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:11);
(OM-12) RGWRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:12);
(OM-13) RGWRACYCRPRFCACVGR (SEQ ID NO:13);
(OM-14) GWRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:14);
(OM-15) XCYCRRRFCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:15);
(OM-16) WLCYCRRRFCVCV* (SEQ ID NO:16);
(OM-17) RLCYCRXRFCVCV (X=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:17);
(OM-18) RLCYCRPRFCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:18);
(OM-19) RGGGLCYCRPRFCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:19);
(OM-20) RXCFCRPRFCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:20);
(OM-21) RWCFCRPRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:21);
(OM-22) LCXCRRRXCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:22);
(OM-23) RGGRLCYCRRRFCVC (SEQ ID NO:23);
(OM-24) LCYTTTTFTVCV (SEQ ID NO:24);
(OM-25) RRCYCRRRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:25);
(OM-26) RLCYCRRRFCVCV* (SEQ ID NO:26);
(OM-27) RXRLCYCRZRFCVCV (X=Cha) (Z=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:27);
(OM-28) RGWRLCYCRGRXCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:28);
(OM-29) RGLRXCYCRGRFCVCVGR (X-Cha) (SEQ ID NO:29);
(OM-30) RGWRGCYKRGRFKGCVGR (SEQ ID NO:30);
(OM-31) RGWRGCYCRXRFCGC (X=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:31);
(OM-32) RGGLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:32);
(OM-33) RLLRLCYCRXRFCVCVGR (X=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:33);
(OM-34) RGGRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:34);
(OM-35) RGWRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:35);
(OM-36) RGGRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:36);
(OM-37) RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:37);
(OM-38) RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:38);
(OM-39) RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCV* (SEQ ID NO:39);
(OM-40) WLCYCRRRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:40);
(OM-41) RGGGLCYARGWIAFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:41);
(OM-42) LCYCRRRFCVCVF (SEQ ID NO:42);
(OM-43) RLCYCRPRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:43); and (OM-44) RLCACRGRACVCV (SEQ ID NO:44), wherein peptides denoted with * are acid forms and all others are amide forms.
(OM-1) RGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:l);
(OM-2) RGGRLCYCRRRCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:2);
(OM-3) RGGLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:3);
(OM-4) RLLRACYCRXRFCVCVGR (X=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:4);
(OM-5) RGGRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:5);
(OM-6) RGGGLCYKRGWIKFCVGR (SEQ ID NO:6);
(OM-7) RGWGLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:7);
(OM-8) RLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:8);
(OM-9) RGGGLCYTRPRFTVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:9);
(OM-10) LCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:10);
(OM-11) RWRLCYCRPRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:11);
(OM-12) RGWRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:12);
(OM-13) RGWRACYCRPRFCACVGR (SEQ ID NO:13);
(OM-14) GWRLCYCRPRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:14);
(OM-15) XCYCRRRFCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:15);
(OM-16) WLCYCRRRFCVCV* (SEQ ID NO:16);
(OM-17) RLCYCRXRFCVCV (X=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:17);
(OM-18) RLCYCRPRFCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:18);
(OM-19) RGGGLCYCRPRFCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:19);
(OM-20) RXCFCRPRFCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:20);
(OM-21) RWCFCRPRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:21);
(OM-22) LCXCRRRXCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:22);
(OM-23) RGGRLCYCRRRFCVC (SEQ ID NO:23);
(OM-24) LCYTTTTFTVCV (SEQ ID NO:24);
(OM-25) RRCYCRRRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:25);
(OM-26) RLCYCRRRFCVCV* (SEQ ID NO:26);
(OM-27) RXRLCYCRZRFCVCV (X=Cha) (Z=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:27);
(OM-28) RGWRLCYCRGRXCVCV (X=Cha) (SEQ ID NO:28);
(OM-29) RGLRXCYCRGRFCVCVGR (X-Cha) (SEQ ID NO:29);
(OM-30) RGWRGCYKRGRFKGCVGR (SEQ ID NO:30);
(OM-31) RGWRGCYCRXRFCGC (X=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:31);
(OM-32) RGGLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:32);
(OM-33) RLLRLCYCRXRFCVCVGR (X=MeGly) (SEQ ID NO:33);
(OM-34) RGGRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR* (SEQ ID NO:34);
(OM-35) RGWRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:35);
(OM-36) RGGRLCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:36);
(OM-37) RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:37);
(OM-38) RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:38);
(OM-39) RGGRVCYCRGRFCVCV* (SEQ ID NO:39);
(OM-40) WLCYCRRRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:40);
(OM-41) RGGGLCYARGWIAFCVCVGR (SEQ ID NO:41);
(OM-42) LCYCRRRFCVCVF (SEQ ID NO:42);
(OM-43) RLCYCRPRFCVCV (SEQ ID NO:43); and (OM-44) RLCACRGRACVCV (SEQ ID NO:44), wherein peptides denoted with * are acid forms and all others are amide forms.
7. The method of Claim 6, wherein said peptide is in the native form.
8. The method of ClAim 1, wherein said antimicrobial peptide is administered at a concentration of about 0.001%
(w/w) to 2.5% (w/w).
(w/w) to 2.5% (w/w).
9. The method of Claim 1, wherein said antimicrobial peptide is administered at a concentration of about 0.005%
(w/w) to about 0.75% (w/w).
(w/w) to about 0.75% (w/w).
10. The method of Claim 1, wherein said antimicrobial compound is administered at a concentration of about 0.03%
(w/w) to about 0.3% (w/w).
(w/w) to about 0.3% (w/w).
11. The method of Claim 1, wherein said antimicrobial peptide is administered in the form of a gel-like pharmaceutical formulation, said formulation comprising about 0.005% (w/w) to 2.5% (w/w) antimicrobial peptide, about 0.1%
(w/w) to 10% (w/w) water-soluble gelling agent and about 0.1%
to 20% humectant.
(w/w) to 10% (w/w) water-soluble gelling agent and about 0.1%
to 20% humectant.
12. The method of Claim 1, wherein the pharmaceutical formulation further includes about 0.1% (w/w) to 10% (w/w) sweetening agent.
13. The method of Claim 1, wherein the formulation further includes about 0.1% (w/w) to 2% (w/w) antimicrobial preservative.
14. A composition for topical oral administration of an antimicrobial peptide, said composition comprising about 0.001% (w/w) to 2.5% (w/w) antimicrobial peptide, about 0.1%
(w/w) to 10% (w/w) water-soluble gelling agent, about 0.1%
(w/w) to 20% (w/w) humectant, and about 0.1% (w/w) to 10%
(w/w) sweetening agent.
(w/w) to 10% (w/w) water-soluble gelling agent, about 0.1%
(w/w) to 20% (w/w) humectant, and about 0.1% (w/w) to 10%
(w/w) sweetening agent.
15. The composition of Claim 14, wherein said antimicrobial peptide is a protegrin peptide or congener thereof.
16. The composition of Claim 14, further including about 0.01% (w/w) to 2% (w/w) antimicrobial preservative.
17. The composition of Claim 14, wherein said water-soluble gelling agent is a cellulosic material.
18. The composition of Claim 17, wherein said cellulosic material is hydroxypropyl methylcellulose.
19. The composition of Claim 14, wherein said humectant is sorbitol.
20. The composition of Claim 16, wherein said antimcirobial preservative is methylparaben or propylparaben or a mixture thereof.
Applications Claiming Priority (8)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US56234695A | 1995-11-22 | 1995-11-22 | |
US562,346 | 1995-11-22 | ||
US64981196A | 1996-05-17 | 1996-05-17 | |
US649,811 | 1996-05-17 | ||
US69092196A | 1996-08-01 | 1996-08-01 | |
US690,921 | 1996-08-01 | ||
US08/752,853 US6025326A (en) | 1995-07-07 | 1996-11-21 | Compositions and methods for the prevention and treatment of oral mucositis |
US08/752,853 | 1996-11-21 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2238429A1 true CA2238429A1 (en) | 1997-05-29 |
Family
ID=27504828
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002238429A Abandoned CA2238429A1 (en) | 1995-11-22 | 1996-11-22 | Compositions and methods for the prevention and treatment of oral mucositis |
Country Status (10)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0865292A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2000501388A (en) |
KR (1) | KR19990071547A (en) |
AU (1) | AU704851B2 (en) |
BR (1) | BR9611759A (en) |
CA (1) | CA2238429A1 (en) |
CZ (1) | CZ159298A3 (en) |
HU (1) | HUP9901183A3 (en) |
IL (1) | IL124576A0 (en) |
PL (1) | PL326924A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO1997038665A2 (en) * | 1996-04-03 | 1997-10-23 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase |
CA2570599C (en) * | 2004-06-24 | 2012-03-27 | Idexx Laboratories, Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions for drug delivery and methods of treating or preventing conditions using same |
JP5032003B2 (en) * | 2005-06-15 | 2012-09-26 | 株式会社琉球バイオリソース開発 | Analgesic and anti-inflammatory lozenges for oral mucosa |
Family Cites Families (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5102870A (en) * | 1989-04-14 | 1992-04-07 | Schering Ag | Treatment and prevention of oral mucositis with growth factors |
US5708145A (en) * | 1993-07-20 | 1998-01-13 | University Of California | Immunglobulins reactive with protegrins |
US5464823A (en) * | 1993-07-20 | 1995-11-07 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Mammalian antibiotic peptides |
EP0836617A4 (en) * | 1995-07-06 | 2000-06-28 | Intrabiotics Pharmaceuticals | Parevins and tachytegrins |
-
1996
- 1996-11-22 CZ CZ981592A patent/CZ159298A3/en unknown
- 1996-11-22 KR KR1019980703821A patent/KR19990071547A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1996-11-22 HU HU9901183A patent/HUP9901183A3/en unknown
- 1996-11-22 BR BR9611759-1A patent/BR9611759A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1996-11-22 PL PL96326924A patent/PL326924A1/en unknown
- 1996-11-22 IL IL12457696A patent/IL124576A0/en unknown
- 1996-11-22 AU AU11629/97A patent/AU704851B2/en not_active Ceased
- 1996-11-22 JP JP9519952A patent/JP2000501388A/en not_active Ceased
- 1996-11-22 EP EP96942802A patent/EP0865292A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1996-11-22 CA CA002238429A patent/CA2238429A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2000501388A (en) | 2000-02-08 |
BR9611759A (en) | 1999-12-28 |
EP0865292A4 (en) | 2002-01-02 |
HUP9901183A3 (en) | 1999-11-29 |
PL326924A1 (en) | 1998-11-09 |
IL124576A0 (en) | 1999-01-26 |
CZ159298A3 (en) | 1998-12-16 |
AU1162997A (en) | 1997-06-11 |
KR19990071547A (en) | 1999-09-27 |
EP0865292A1 (en) | 1998-09-23 |
HUP9901183A2 (en) | 1999-07-28 |
AU704851B2 (en) | 1999-05-06 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6025326A (en) | Compositions and methods for the prevention and treatment of oral mucositis | |
WO1997018827A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the prevention and treatment of oral mucositis | |
US8044022B2 (en) | Hyaluronic acid binding peptides enhance host defense against pathogenic bacteria | |
US20220289794A1 (en) | Synthetic antimicrobial peptides | |
JP7386905B2 (en) | Romo1-derived antibacterial peptide and its variants | |
US7884070B2 (en) | Linear cationic peptides having antibacterial and/or antifungal properties | |
US7271239B2 (en) | D-isomers of antimicrobial peptide | |
US6043220A (en) | Threonine-containing protegrins | |
JPH06500573A (en) | Novel bioactive peptide compositions and their uses | |
WO2010096695A1 (en) | Antimicrobial compositions and uses thereof | |
CA2238429A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the prevention and treatment of oral mucositis | |
US10487117B2 (en) | Antimicrobial peptide for nosocomial infections | |
US20240041976A1 (en) | Composition and use | |
KR102381481B1 (en) | Novel Antimicrobial Peptides Or Peptide Analogues And Use Thereof | |
MXPA98004079A (en) | Compositions and methods for the prevention and treatment of mucositis or | |
JP2002542201A (en) | Pseudomycin antifungal compositions and methods of use | |
CN117897394A (en) | Peptides with antimicrobial activity | |
JP2005532784A (en) | New antibacterial voricin peptide | |
CA2238610A1 (en) | Fine tuned protegrins |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
EEER | Examination request | ||
FZDE | Discontinued | ||
FZDE | Discontinued |
Effective date: 20060508 |